gamry electrochemistry toolkit reference manual

495
Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Programmer’s Reference Manual Copyright 2009 Gamry Instruments, Inc. Revision 1.4 November, 2009

Upload: andrea-torres

Post on 24-Apr-2017

237 views

Category:

Documents


7 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit

Programmer’s Reference Manual

Copyright 2009 Gamry Instruments, Inc.

Revision 1.4

November, 2009

Page 2: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Product Description -- Introduction

ii

Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Programming Reference ............................................... 1

Product Description ..................................................................................................... 1

Introduction ............................................................................................................. 1

Documentation Overview ........................................................................................ 1

DC Demo - CpivRamp ............................................................................................ 2

DC Demo – IVArray ............................................................................................... 2

DC Demo – Univ ..................................................................................................... 3

AC Demo ................................................................................................................ 4

VFP600 Source........................................................................................................ 4

LVEIS ..................................................................................................................... 5

VCClient ................................................................................................................. 5

Excel IVTUniv ........................................................................................................ 6

Typedefs and Enums ................................................................................................... 7

Overview ................................................................................................................. 7

gcCELLSTATE Enum ............................................................................................. 8

gcCTRLMODE Enum ............................................................................................. 9

gcICONVENTION Enum ...................................................................................... 10

gcGROUND Enum ................................................................................................ 11

gcSENSESPEED Enum ......................................................................................... 12

gcIRUPTMODE Enum .......................................................................................... 13

gcEUCALCMODE Enum...................................................................................... 14

gcMODELNO Enum ............................................................................................. 15

gcIESTABILITY Enum ......................................................................................... 16

gcDTAQCHRONO_TYPE Enum .......................................................................... 17

gcDTAQEISSTATUS Enum ................................................................................. 18

gcREADZSPEED Enum ........................................................................................ 19

gcREADZSTATUS Enum ..................................................................................... 20

gcFC350IDIVISOR Enum ..................................................................................... 21

gcSIGTWEAKSTYLE Enum ................................................................................ 22

gcACQUISITIONMODE Enum ............................................................................ 23

gcCABLEIDSELECT Enum ................................................................................. 24

gcCOMPLIANCEVOLTAGE Enum ..................................................................... 25

gcPWRSIGNALMODE Enum .............................................................................. 26

gcMUXCELLSTATE Enum .................................................................................. 27

IGamryDeviceList ..................................................................................................... 28

Overview ............................................................................................................... 28

Count Method ........................................................................................................ 29

EnumSections Method ........................................................................................... 30

EnumLabels Method .............................................................................................. 31

_IGamryDeviceListEvents ......................................................................................... 32

Overview ............................................................................................................... 32

OnDeviceListChanged Method .............................................................................. 33

IGamryPstat .............................................................................................................. 34

Overview ............................................................................................................... 34

Init Method ............................................................................................................ 37

Page 3: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Product Description -- Introduction

iii

Label Method ........................................................................................................ 38

ModelNo Method .................................................................................................. 39

SerialNo Method ................................................................................................... 40

Open Method ......................................................................................................... 41

Close Method ........................................................................................................ 42

SetSignal Method .................................................................................................. 43

InitSignal Method .................................................................................................. 44

SetVoltage Method ................................................................................................ 45

SetBias Method ..................................................................................................... 46

SetScan Method ..................................................................................................... 47

SetScanRange Method ........................................................................................... 48

TestScanRange Method ......................................................................................... 49

GstatRatio Method ................................................................................................. 50

SetIruptMode Method ............................................................................................ 51

CalDate Method .................................................................................................... 53

SetCalDate Method................................................................................................ 54

Cell Method ........................................................................................................... 55

SetCell Method ...................................................................................................... 56

CtrlMode Method .................................................................................................. 57

SetCtrlMode Method ............................................................................................. 58

CASpeed Method .................................................................................................. 59

SetCASpeed Method ............................................................................................. 60

TestCASpeed Method ............................................................................................ 61

IEStability Method ................................................................................................ 62

SetIEStability Method ........................................................................................... 63

IConvention Method .............................................................................................. 64

SetIConvention Method ......................................................................................... 65

Ground Method ..................................................................................................... 66

SetGround Method ................................................................................................ 67

SenseSpeed Method ............................................................................................... 68

SetSenseSpeed Method .......................................................................................... 69

SenseSpeedMode Method ...................................................................................... 70

SetSenseSpeedMode Method ................................................................................. 71

PosFeedEnable Method ......................................................................................... 72

SetPosFeedEnable Method .................................................................................... 73

PosFeedResistance Method .................................................................................... 74

SetPosFeedResistance Method ............................................................................... 75

AnalogOut Method ................................................................................................ 76

SetAnalogOut Method ........................................................................................... 77

DigitalOut Method ................................................................................................. 78

SetDigitalOut Method ............................................................................................ 79

DigitalIn Method ................................................................................................... 80

DDSEnable Method ............................................................................................... 81

SetDDSEnable Method .......................................................................................... 82

DDSAmpl Method ................................................................................................. 83

SetDDSAmpl Method ............................................................................................ 84

Page 4: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Product Description -- Introduction

iv

DDSAmplBits Method .......................................................................................... 85

SetDDSAmplBits Method...................................................................................... 86

DDSFreq Method .................................................................................................. 87

SetDDSFreq Method ............................................................................................. 88

FreqLimitUpper Method ........................................................................................ 89

FreqLimitLower Method ....................................................................................... 90

IERange Method .................................................................................................... 91

SetIERange Method ............................................................................................... 92

TestIERange Method ............................................................................................. 94

TestIERangeAC Method ........................................................................................ 95

IERangeMode Method ........................................................................................... 96

SetIERangeMode Method ...................................................................................... 97

IERangeLowerLimit Method ................................................................................. 98

SetIERangeLowerLimit Method ............................................................................ 99

IEResistor Method ............................................................................................... 101

FindIERange Method........................................................................................... 102

VchRange Method ............................................................................................... 103

SetVchRange Method .......................................................................................... 104

TestVchRange Method ........................................................................................ 105

TestVchRangeAC Method ................................................................................... 106

VchRangeMode Method ...................................................................................... 107

SetVchRangeMode Method ................................................................................. 108

VchOffset Method ............................................................................................... 109

SetVchOffset Method .......................................................................................... 110

VchOffsetEnable Method .................................................................................... 111

SetVchOffsetEnable Method ............................................................................... 112

VchFilter Method ................................................................................................ 113

SetVchFilter Method ........................................................................................... 114

TestVchFilter Method .......................................................................................... 115

FindVchRange Method ........................................................................................ 116

MeasureV Method ............................................................................................... 117

IchRange Method ................................................................................................ 118

SetIchRange Method ........................................................................................... 119

TestIchRange Method .......................................................................................... 120

TestIchRangeAC Method .................................................................................... 121

IchRangeMode Method ....................................................................................... 122

SetIchRangeMode Method .................................................................................. 123

IchOffset Method................................................................................................. 124

SetIchOffset Method ............................................................................................ 125

IchOffsetEnable Method ...................................................................................... 126

SetIchOffsetEnable Method ................................................................................. 127

IchFilter Method .................................................................................................. 128

SetIchFilter Method ............................................................................................. 129

TestIchFilter Method ........................................................................................... 130

FindIchRange Method ......................................................................................... 131

MeasureI Method................................................................................................. 132

Page 5: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Product Description -- Introduction

v

AchRange Method ............................................................................................... 133

SetAchRange Method .......................................................................................... 134

TestAchRange Method ........................................................................................ 135

TestAchRangeAC Method ................................................................................... 136

AchRangeMode Method ...................................................................................... 137

SetAchRangeMode Method ................................................................................. 138

AchOffset Method ............................................................................................... 139

SetAchOffset Method .......................................................................................... 140

AchOffsetEnable Method .................................................................................... 141

SetAchOffsetEnable Method ............................................................................... 142

AchFilter Method ................................................................................................ 143

SetAchFilter Method ........................................................................................... 144

TestAchFilter Method .......................................................................................... 145

FindAchRange Method ........................................................................................ 146

MeasureA Method ............................................................................................... 147

ScanLimitAC Method .......................................................................................... 148

FC350VRange Method ........................................................................................ 149

SetFC350VRange Method ................................................................................... 150

TestFC350VRange Method ................................................................................. 151

FC350VRangeMultiplier Method ........................................................................ 152

FC350IDivisor Method ........................................................................................ 153

SetFC350IDivisor Method ................................................................................... 154

_IGamryPstatEvents ................................................................................................ 155

Overview ............................................................................................................. 155

OnPstatUnavailable Method ................................................................................ 156

OnPstatClosed Method ........................................................................................ 157

IGamryDtaq ............................................................................................................ 158

Overview ............................................................................................................. 158

Stop Method ........................................................................................................ 159

Run Method ......................................................................................................... 160

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 161

_IGamryDtaqEvents ................................................................................................ 163

Overview ............................................................................................................. 163

OnDataAvailable Event ....................................................................................... 164

OnDataDone Event .............................................................................................. 165

AE Dtaq Functions .................................................................................................. 166

Overview ............................................................................................................. 166

AeSetStop Functions ........................................................................................... 167

AeSetStopAtDelay Functions .............................................................................. 168

AeSetThresh Functions ........................................................................................ 169

IGamryDtaqIv ......................................................................................................... 170

Overview ............................................................................................................. 170

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 171

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 172

IGamryDtaqUniv ..................................................................................................... 173

Overview ............................................................................................................. 173

Page 6: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Product Description -- Introduction

vi

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 174

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 175

IGamryDtaqEfm ...................................................................................................... 176

Overview ............................................................................................................. 176

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 177

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 179

IGamryDtaqEis ....................................................................................................... 180

Overview ............................................................................................................. 180

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 181

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 182

SetCycleMin Method ........................................................................................... 183

SetCycleMax Method .......................................................................................... 184

SetFilterOverride Method .................................................................................... 185

Vreal Method....................................................................................................... 186

Vimag Method ..................................................................................................... 187

Vsig Method ........................................................................................................ 188

Vdc Method ......................................................................................................... 189

Ireal Method ........................................................................................................ 190

Iimag Method ...................................................................................................... 191

Isig Method ......................................................................................................... 192

Idc Method .......................................................................................................... 193

Zreal Method ....................................................................................................... 194

Zimag Method ..................................................................................................... 195

Zsig Method ........................................................................................................ 196

Zfreq Method....................................................................................................... 197

CycleLim Method ................................................................................................ 198

Imod Method ....................................................................................................... 199

Iphz Method ........................................................................................................ 200

Vmod Method ..................................................................................................... 201

Vphz Method ....................................................................................................... 202

Zmod Method ...................................................................................................... 203

Zphz Method ....................................................................................................... 204

Result Method ..................................................................................................... 205

OverIac Method ................................................................................................... 206

OverIdc Method .................................................................................................. 207

OverVac Method ................................................................................................. 208

OverVdc Method ................................................................................................. 209

IGamryDtaqEisAe ................................................................................................... 210

Overview ............................................................................................................. 210

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 211

IGamryDtaqCpiv ..................................................................................................... 212

Overview ............................................................................................................. 212

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 213

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 214

SetThreshIMin Method ........................................................................................ 215

SetThreshIMax Method ....................................................................................... 216

Page 7: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Product Description -- Introduction

vii

SetThreshVMin Method ...................................................................................... 217

SetThreshVMax Method ...................................................................................... 218

SetThreshTMin Method ....................................................................................... 219

SetThreshTMax Method ...................................................................................... 220

SetStopIMin Method ........................................................................................... 221

SetStopIMax Method ........................................................................................... 222

SetStopDIMin Method ......................................................................................... 223

SetStopDIMax Method ........................................................................................ 224

SetStopADIMin Method ...................................................................................... 225

SetStopADIMax Method ..................................................................................... 226

SetStopAtDelayIMin Method .............................................................................. 227

SetStopAtDelayIMax Method .............................................................................. 228

SetStopAtDelayDIMin Method ............................................................................ 229

SetStopAtDelayDIMax Method ........................................................................... 230

SetStopAtDelayADIMin Method ......................................................................... 231

SetStopAtDelayADIMax Method ........................................................................ 232

IGamryDtaqCpivAe ................................................................................................ 233

Overview ............................................................................................................. 233

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 234

IGamryDtaqCiiv ...................................................................................................... 235

Overview ............................................................................................................. 235

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 236

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 237

SetThreshIMin Method ........................................................................................ 238

SetThreshIMax Method ....................................................................................... 239

SetThreshVMin Method ...................................................................................... 240

SetThreshVMax Method ...................................................................................... 241

SetThreshTMin Method ....................................................................................... 242

SetThreshTMax Method ...................................................................................... 243

SetStopVMin Method .......................................................................................... 244

SetStopVMax Method ......................................................................................... 245

SetStopDVMin Method ....................................................................................... 246

SetStopDVMax Method....................................................................................... 247

SetStopADVMin Method .................................................................................... 248

SetStopADVMax Method .................................................................................... 249

SetStopAtDelayVMin Method ............................................................................. 250

SetStopAtDelayVMax Method ............................................................................ 251

SetStopAtDelayDVMin Method .......................................................................... 252

SetStopAtDelayDVMax Method ......................................................................... 253

SetStopAtDelayADVMin Method ....................................................................... 254

SetStopAtDelayADVMax Method ....................................................................... 255

IGamryDtaqCiivAe ................................................................................................. 256

Overview ............................................................................................................. 256

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 257

IGamryDtaqChrono ................................................................................................. 258

Overview ............................................................................................................. 258

Page 8: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Product Description -- Introduction

viii

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 259

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 260

SetThreshIMin Method ........................................................................................ 261

SetThreshIMax Method ....................................................................................... 262

SetThreshVMin Method ...................................................................................... 263

SetThreshVMax Method ...................................................................................... 264

SetThreshTMin Method ....................................................................................... 265

SetThreshTMax Method ...................................................................................... 266

SetStopXMin Method .......................................................................................... 267

SetStopXMax Method ......................................................................................... 268

SetStopAtDelayXMin Method ............................................................................. 269

SetStopAtDelayXMax Method ............................................................................ 270

SetDecimation Method ........................................................................................ 271

IGamryDtaqGalv ..................................................................................................... 272

Overview ............................................................................................................. 272

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 273

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 274

SetThreshIMin Method ........................................................................................ 275

SetThreshIMax Method ....................................................................................... 276

SetThreshVMin Method ...................................................................................... 277

SetThreshVMax Method ...................................................................................... 278

SetThreshTMin Method ....................................................................................... 279

SetThreshTMax Method ...................................................................................... 280

SetStopIMin Method ........................................................................................... 281

SetStopIMax Method ........................................................................................... 282

SetStopVMin Method .......................................................................................... 283

SetStopVMax Method ......................................................................................... 284

SetStopAtDelayIMin Method .............................................................................. 285

SetStopAtDelayIMax Method .............................................................................. 286

SetStopAtDelayVMin Method ............................................................................. 287

SetStopAtDelayVMax Method ............................................................................ 288

IGamryDtaqIvt ........................................................................................................ 289

Overview ............................................................................................................. 289

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 290

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 291

SetThreshIMin Method ........................................................................................ 292

SetThreshIMax Method ....................................................................................... 293

SetThreshVMin Method ...................................................................................... 294

SetThreshVMax Method ...................................................................................... 295

SetThreshAMin Method ...................................................................................... 296

SetThreshAMax Method ...................................................................................... 297

SetStopIMin Method ........................................................................................... 298

SetStopIMax Method ........................................................................................... 299

SetStopVMin Method .......................................................................................... 300

SetStopVMax Method ......................................................................................... 301

SetStopAMin Method .......................................................................................... 302

Page 9: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Product Description -- Introduction

ix

SetStopAMax Method ......................................................................................... 303

SetStopAtDelayIMin Method .............................................................................. 304

SetStopAtDelayIMax Method .............................................................................. 305

SetStopAtDelayVMin Method ............................................................................. 306

SetStopAtDelayVMax Method ............................................................................ 307

SetStopAtDelayAMin Method ............................................................................. 308

SetStopAtDelayAMax Method ............................................................................ 309

IGamryDtaqIvtAe .................................................................................................... 310

Overview ............................................................................................................. 310

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 311

IGamryDtaqOcv ...................................................................................................... 312

Overview ............................................................................................................. 312

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 313

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 314

SetStopADVMin Method .................................................................................... 315

SetStopADVMax Method .................................................................................... 316

IGamryDtaqOcvAe.................................................................................................. 317

Overview ............................................................................................................. 317

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 318

IGamryDtaqPv ........................................................................................................ 319

Overview ............................................................................................................. 319

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 320

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 321

SetThreshIMin Method ........................................................................................ 322

SetThreshIMax Method ....................................................................................... 323

SetThreshVMin Method ...................................................................................... 324

SetThreshVMax Method ...................................................................................... 325

SetThreshTMin Method ....................................................................................... 326

SetThreshTMax Method ...................................................................................... 327

SetStopIMin Method ........................................................................................... 328

SetStopIMax Method ........................................................................................... 329

SetStopVMin Method .......................................................................................... 330

SetStopVMax Method ......................................................................................... 331

SetStopAtDelayIMin Method .............................................................................. 332

SetStopAtDelayIMax Method .............................................................................. 333

SetStopAtDelayVMin Method ............................................................................. 334

SetStopAtDelayVMax Method ............................................................................ 335

SetReverseDifference Method ............................................................................. 336

IGamryDtaqRcv ...................................................................................................... 337

Overview ............................................................................................................. 337

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 338

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 339

SetThreshIMin Method ........................................................................................ 340

SetThreshIMax Method ....................................................................................... 341

SetThreshVMin Method ...................................................................................... 342

SetThreshVMax Method ...................................................................................... 343

Page 10: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Product Description -- Introduction

x

SetThreshTMin Method ....................................................................................... 344

SetThreshTMax Method ...................................................................................... 345

SetStopIMin Method ........................................................................................... 346

SetStopIMax Method ........................................................................................... 347

SetStopAtDelayIMin Method .............................................................................. 348

SetStopAtDelayIMax Method .............................................................................. 349

IGamryDtaqRcvAe .................................................................................................. 350

Overview ............................................................................................................. 350

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 351

IGamryDtaqSqwv .................................................................................................... 352

Overview ............................................................................................................. 352

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 353

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 354

SetThreshIMin Method ........................................................................................ 355

SetThreshIMax Method ....................................................................................... 356

SetThreshVMin Method ...................................................................................... 357

SetThreshVMax Method ...................................................................................... 358

SetThreshTMin Method ....................................................................................... 359

SetThreshTMax Method ...................................................................................... 360

SetStopIMin Method ........................................................................................... 361

SetStopIMax Method ........................................................................................... 362

SetStopVMin Method .......................................................................................... 363

SetStopVMax Method ......................................................................................... 364

SetStopAtDelayIMin Method .............................................................................. 365

SetStopAtDelayIMax Method .............................................................................. 366

SetStopAtDelayVMin Method ............................................................................. 367

SetStopAtDelayVMax Method ............................................................................ 368

SetReverseDifference Method ............................................................................. 369

IGamryDtaqPwr ...................................................................................................... 370

Overview ............................................................................................................. 370

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 371

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 372

SetStop Functions ................................................................................................ 373

SetStopAtDelay Functions ................................................................................... 376

SetThresh Functions ............................................................................................ 378

IGamryDtaqPwrAe .................................................................................................. 380

Overview ............................................................................................................. 380

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 381

IGamrySignalArray ................................................................................................. 382

Overview ............................................................................................................. 382

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 383

Tweak Method ..................................................................................................... 385

IGamrySignalUniv .................................................................................................. 387

Overview ............................................................................................................. 387

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 388

IGamrySignalConst ................................................................................................. 390

Page 11: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Product Description -- Introduction

xi

Overview ............................................................................................................. 390

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 391

IGamrySignalStep ................................................................................................... 392

Overview ............................................................................................................. 392

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 393

IGamrySignalRamp ................................................................................................. 394

Overview ............................................................................................................. 394

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 395

IGamrySignalDstep ................................................................................................. 396

Overview ............................................................................................................. 396

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 397

IGamrySignalMstep ................................................................................................ 399

Overview ............................................................................................................. 399

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 400

IGamrySignalPv ...................................................................................................... 402

Overview ............................................................................................................. 402

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 403

IGamrySignalRupdn ................................................................................................ 405

Overview ............................................................................................................. 405

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 406

IGamrySignalUpdn.................................................................................................. 408

Overview ............................................................................................................. 408

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 409

IGamrySignalSqwv ................................................................................................. 411

Overview ............................................................................................................. 411

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 412

IGamrySignalPwrConst ........................................................................................... 414

Overview ............................................................................................................. 414

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 415

IGamrySignalPwrRamp ........................................................................................... 418

Overview ............................................................................................................. 418

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 419

IGamrySignalPwrStep ............................................................................................. 422

Overview ............................................................................................................. 422

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 423

IGamryReadZ .......................................................................................................... 426

Overview ............................................................................................................. 426

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 427

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 428

Measure Method .................................................................................................. 429

SetCycleLim Method ........................................................................................... 430

SetSpeed Method ................................................................................................. 431

SetZmod Method ................................................................................................. 432

Vreal Method....................................................................................................... 433

Vimag Method ..................................................................................................... 434

Vsig Method ........................................................................................................ 435

Page 12: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Product Description -- Introduction

xii

Vdc Method ......................................................................................................... 436

Ireal Method ........................................................................................................ 437

Iimag Method ...................................................................................................... 438

Isig Method ......................................................................................................... 439

Idc Method .......................................................................................................... 440

Zreal Method ....................................................................................................... 441

Zimag Method ..................................................................................................... 442

Zsig Method ........................................................................................................ 443

Zfreq Method....................................................................................................... 444

Imod Method ....................................................................................................... 445

Iphz Method ........................................................................................................ 446

Vmod Method ..................................................................................................... 447

Vphz Method ....................................................................................................... 448

Zmod Method ...................................................................................................... 449

Zphz Method ....................................................................................................... 450

Gain Method ........................................................................................................ 451

VNoise Method ................................................................................................... 452

INoise Method ..................................................................................................... 453

IENoise Method .................................................................................................. 454

IERange Method .................................................................................................. 455

SetGain Method ................................................................................................... 456

SetVNoise Method .............................................................................................. 457

SetINoise Method ................................................................................................ 458

SetIENoise Method.............................................................................................. 459

SetIdc Method ..................................................................................................... 460

StatusMessage Method ........................................................................................ 461

IGamryDtaqReadZAe .............................................................................................. 462

Overview ............................................................................................................. 462

Cook Method ....................................................................................................... 463

_IGamryReadZEvents ............................................................................................. 464

Overview ............................................................................................................. 464

OnDataAvailable Event ....................................................................................... 465

OnDataDone Event .............................................................................................. 466

IGamryMux ............................................................................................................. 467

Overview ............................................................................................................. 467

Init Method .......................................................................................................... 468

Open Method ....................................................................................................... 469

Close Method ...................................................................................................... 470

Version Method ................................................................................................... 471

Number Method .................................................................................................. 472

Cell Method ......................................................................................................... 473

SetCell Method .................................................................................................... 474

Aux Method ........................................................................................................ 475

SetAux Method.................................................................................................... 476

OffMode Method ................................................................................................. 477

SetOffMode Method ............................................................................................ 478

Page 13: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Product Description -- Introduction

xiii

SetOffModeMask Method ................................................................................... 479

Dac Method ......................................................................................................... 480

SetDac Method .................................................................................................... 481

SetDacMask Method ........................................................................................... 482

Page 14: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Product Description -- Introduction

1

Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Programming Reference

Product Description

Introduction

The Gamry Electrochemical Toolkit provides a powerful way to control your Gamry

Instruments potentiostat. Interfaces are made available using a Component Object Model

(COM). These interfaces allow for control of both the hardware, as well as signals and

data acquisition objects (Dtaqs). The library that exposes these COM interfaces is known

as GamryCOM.

Documentation Overview

Gamry offers several products that utilize the Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit. Each

product makes different interfaces available for your use. In this document you will find

a description of the interfaces available, as well as descriptions of the methods and events

they expose. While this documentation describes all of the currently available interfaces,

it does not imply that you have a license to use every interface. Consult your packing slip

for your package description as well as any pertinent authorization codes.

In addition to this written document, a number of code samples are included to assist you

in developing your own software. This document provides descriptions of these samples.

Page 15: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Product Description -- DC Demo - CpivRamp

2

Sample Programs

DC Demo - CpivRamp

Language

LabVIEW 7.1

Description

This sample uses the following interfaces via LabVIEW:

IGamryDeviceList

IGamryPstat

IGamryDtaqCpiv

IGamrySignalRamp

The objective of this sample is to show how to create a complete application using

the Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit. The example shows the end-to-end process

of loading the Device List, initializing a Pstat, and taking data using the Ramp

Signal combined with the CPIV Dtaq.

Please note that as this is a fairly straightforward example, it does not contain

much of the error handling or extra features that would benefit a fully functional

application.

Installation Location

DC Demo directory of the Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit installation

Main File

DC Demo – CpivRamp.vi

DC Demo – IVArray

Language

LabVIEW 7.1

Description

This sample uses the following interfaces via LabVIEW:

IGamryDeviceList

IGamryPstat

IGamryDtaqIv

IGamrySignalArray

The objective of this sample is to show how to create a complete application using

the Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit. The example shows the end-to-end process

of loading the Device List, initializing a Pstat, and taking data using the Array

Signal combined with the IV Dtaq.

Page 16: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Product Description -- DC Demo – Univ

3

In this example, the Array Signal is only used to create a few constant voltage

points; however, this Signal may be used to create any user-defined set of points,

as seen in the VFP600 Source example.

Please note that as this is a fairly straightforward example, it does not contain

much of the error handling or extra features that would benefit a fully functional

application.

Installation Location

DC Demo directory of the Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit installation

Main File

DC Demo – IVArray.vi

DC Demo – Univ

Language

LabVIEW 7.1

Description

This sample uses the following interfaces via LabVIEW:

IGamryDeviceList

IGamryPstat

IGamryDtaqUniv

IGamrySignalUniv

The objective of this sample is to show how to create a complete application using

the Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit. The example shows the end-to-end process

of loading the Device List, initializing a Pstat, and taking data using the Univ

Signal combined with the Univ Dtaq.

Much like the DC Demo – IvArray example, the Univ Signal is only used to

create a few constant voltage points; however, this Signal may be used to create

any user-defined set of points. Please see the appropriate section in this document

for details on using the Univ Signal.

Please note that as this is a fairly straightforward example, it does not contain

much of the error handling or extra features that would benefit a fully functional

application.

Installation Location

DC Demo directory of the Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit installation

Main File

DC Demo – Univ.vi

Page 17: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Product Description -- AC Demo

4

AC Demo

Language

LabVIEW 7.1

Description

This sample uses the following interfaces via LabVIEW:

IGamryDeviceList

IGamryPstat

IGamryReadZ

The objective of this sample is to show how to create a complete application using

the Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit. The example shows the end-to-end process

of loading the Device List, initializing a Pstat, and taking a single AC Impedance

measurement with the ReadZ class.

Please note that as this is a fairly straightforward example, not only does it not

contain much of the error handling or extra features that would benefit a fully

functional application, it also does not utilize many of the features of the ReadZ

class. For a detailed example of a complete application, please see the LVEIS

example.

Installation Location

ACDemo directory of the Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit installation

Main File

AC Demo.vi

VFP600 Source

Language

LabVIEW 7.1

Description

This sample uses the following interfaces via LabVIEW:

IGamryDeviceList

IGamryPstat

IGamryDtaqIV

IGamrySignalArray

The main object of this sample is to show how to build a more advance

application using the Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit. This sample is the original

source code for the Virtual Front Panel software package. The sample makes use

of simple IGamryDtaqIV Dtaq as well as the IGamrySignalArray. These two

interfaces allow a wide variety of data acquisition modes and signal waveforms.

This sample also shows how to handle dynamic device changes.

Page 18: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Product Description -- LVEIS

5

Installation Location

VFP600 directory of the Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit installation

Main File

VFP.vi

LVEIS

Language

LabVIEW 7.1

Description

This sample uses the following interfaces via LabVIEW:

IGamryDeviceList

IGamryPstat

IGamryReadZ

The main object of this sample is to show how to run AC Impedance spectra

using the IGamryReadZ interface. This sample is somewhat complex and one

should first become familiar with the ACDemo.

Installation Location

LVEIS directory of the Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit installation

Main File

LVEIS.vi

VCClient

Language

Visual C++ 6.0

Description

This sample uses the following interfaces via C++:

IGamryDeviceList

IGamryPstat

IGamrySignalConst

IGamryDtaqIvt

The object of this sample is to first, create a device list and check the number of

instruments available. If there is at least one instrument available, it then creates a

GamryPstat object and uses the first instrument. A constant signal is then created

along with an IVT dtaq. The dtaq is run and the output is then shown in a console

window.

Installation Location

C++ directory of the Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit installation

Page 19: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Product Description -- Excel IVTUniv

6

Main File

VCClient.dsp

Excel IVTUniv

Language

Excel 2003/VBA

Description

This sample uses the following interfaces via VBA:

IGamryDeviceList

IGamryPstat

IGamrySignalUniv

IGamryDtaqIvt

The object of this sample is to first, create a device list and check the number of

instruments available. If there is at least one instrument available, it then enables

data acquisition using the IVT dtaq and the Universal Signal. The signal is output

from data entered on an Excel spreadsheet. The collected data is placed onto the

spreadsheet and then graphed on a chart.

Installation Location

Excel directory of the Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit installation

Main File

Excel IVTUniv.xls

Page 20: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- Overview

7

Typedefs and Enums

Overview

The GamryCOM Interface Library contains the following typedefs and enums.

Member Description

gcCELLSTATE State of the cell switch

gcCTRLMODE Control mode for the potentiostat

gcICONVENTION Current measurement convention

gcGROUND Ground Isolation Switch

gcSENSESPEED I/E Electrometer

gcIRUPTMODE IR Correction Modes

gcEUCALCMODE EU Calculation Modes

gcMODELNO Device Model Number

gcIESTABILITY I/E Converter Stability

gcDTAQCHRONO_TYPE DtaqChrono Measurement Type

gcDTAQEISSTATUS Detailed status of EIS Dtaq

gcREADZSPEED ReadZ Speed

gcREADZSTATUS Status of ReadZ Measurement

gcFC350IDIVISOR FC350 I channel Divisor

gcSIGTWEAKSTYLE Signal tweak style

gcACQUISITIONMODE Reference Family Acquisition Mode

gcCABLEIDSELECT Reference Family Cable ID Select

gcCOMPLIANCEVOLTAGE Compliance Voltage

gcPWRSIGNALMODE PWR800 Signal Mode

gcMUXCELLSTATE Multiplexer OffMode Cell State

Page 21: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcCELLSTATE Enum

8

gcCELLSTATE Enum

State of the cell switch

Definition

enum

gcCELLSTATE

{

CellOff = 0,

CellOn

} gcCELLSTATE;

See Also

Cell

SetCell

Page 22: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcCTRLMODE Enum

9

gcCTRLMODE Enum

Control mode for the potentiostat

Definition

enum

gcCTRLMODE

{

GstatMode = 0,

PstatMode,

ZRAMode,

FRAMode

} gcCTRLMODE;

See Also

CtrlMode

SetCtrlMode

Page 23: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcICONVENTION Enum

10

gcICONVENTION Enum

Current measurement convention

Definition

enum

gcICONVENTION

{

Cathodic = 0,

Anodic

} gcICONVENTION;

See Also

IConvention

SetIConvention

Page 24: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcGROUND Enum

11

gcGROUND Enum

Ground isolation switch

Definition

enum

gcGROUND

{

Float = 0,

Earth

} gcGROUND;

See Also

Ground

SetGround

Page 25: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcSENSESPEED Enum

12

gcSENSESPEED Enum

I/E Electrometer

Definition

enum

gcSENSESPEED

{

SenseFast = 0,

SenseSlow

} gcSENSESPEED;

See Also

SenseSpeed

SetSenseSpeed

Page 26: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcIRUPTMODE Enum

13

gcIRUPTMODE Enum

IR Correction Modes

Definition

enum

gcIRUPTMODE

{

IruptOff= 0,

IruptNorm,

IruptClfg

} gcIRUPTMODE;

See Also

SetIruptMode

Page 27: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcEUCALCMODE Enum

14

gcEUCALCMODE Enum

EU Calculation Modes

Definition

enum

gcEUCALCMODE

{

EuNone = 0,

EuExtrap,

EuAverage

} gcEUCALCMODE;

See Also

SetIruptMode

Page 28: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcMODELNO Enum

15

gcMODELNO Enum

Device Model Number

Definition

enum

gcMODELNO

{

PC4300 = 32,

PC4750 = 33,

PCI4300 = 34,

PCI4750 = 35,

FAS1 = 16,

FC350 = 17,

FAS2 = 18,

FCI350 = 19,

PC5600 = 4,

PCI4G300 = 36,

PCI4G750 = 37,

FCIG350 = 21

} gcMODELNO;

See Also

ModelNo

Page 29: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcIESTABILITY Enum

16

gcIESTABILITY Enum

I/E Converter Stability

Definition

enum

gcIESTABILITY

{

StabilityFast= 0,

StabilityMedFast,

StabilityNorm,

StabilitySlow

} gcIESTABILITY;

See Also

IEStability

SetIEStability

Page 30: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcDTAQCHRONO_TYPE Enum

17

gcDTAQCHRONO_TYPE Enum

DtaqChrono Measurement Type

Definition

enum

gcDTAQCHRONO_TYPE

{

ChronoAmp = 0,

ChronoCoul,

ChronoPot

} gcDTAQCHRONO_TYPE;

See Also

DtaqChrono Init

Page 31: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcDTAQEISSTATUS Enum

18

gcDTAQEISSTATUS Enum

Detailed status of EIS Dtaq

Definition

enum

gcDTAQEISSTATUS

{

DtaqEISStatusInvalid = 0,

DtaqEISStatusDelay,

DtaqEISStatusMeasuring,

DtaqEISStatusMeasOk,

DtaqEISStatusCommErr,

DtaqEISStatusTimeout,

DtaqEISStatusCycleLim,

DtaqEISStatusControl,

DtaqEISStatusOverrun,

DtaqEISStatusOverrange,

DtaqEISStatusOverrunQ,

DtaqEISStatusRetry

} gcDTAQEISSTATUS;

See Also

DtaqEis Result

Page 32: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcREADZSPEED Enum

19

gcREADZSPEED Enum

ReadZ Speed

Definition

enum

gcREADZSPEED

{

ReadZSpeedFast = 0,

ReadZSpeedNorm,

ReadZSpeedLow

} gcREADZSPEED;

See Also

ReadZ SetSpeed

Page 33: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcREADZSTATUS Enum

20

gcREADZSTATUS Enum

Status of ReadZ Measurement

Definition

enum

gcREADZSTATUS

{

ReadZStatusOk= 0,

ReadZStatusRetry,

ReadZStatusError

} gcREADZSTATUS;

See Also

IGamryReadZ::OnDataDone

Page 34: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcFC350IDIVISOR Enum

21

gcFC350IDIVISOR Enum

FC350 I channel divisor

Definition

enum

gcFC350IDIVISOR

{

FC350IDivisor1 = 0,

FC350IDivisor10,

FC350IDivisor100

} gcFC350IDIVISOR;

See Also

FC350IDivisor

SetFC350IDivisor

Page 35: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcSIGTWEAKSTYLE Enum

22

gcSIGTWEAKSTYLE Enum

Signal tweak style

Definition

enum

gcSIGTWEAKSTYLE {

SigTweakStyleReset = 0,

SigTweakStyleContinue,

SigTweakStyleScale

} gcSIGTWEAKSTYLE;

Page 36: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcACQUISITIONMODE Enum

23

gcACQUISITIONMODE Enum

Reference Family Acquisition Mode

Definition

enum

gcACQUISITIONMODE {

AcqModeFast = 0,

AcqModeDSP = 1

} gcACQUISITIONMODE;

Page 37: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcCABLEIDSELECT Enum

24

gcCABLEIDSELECT Enum

Reference Family Cable ID Select

Definition

enum

gcCABLEIDSELECT {

CableIdSelectMain = 0,

CableIdSelectPwr = 1,

CableIdSelectAe = 2

} gcCABLEIDSELECT;

Page 38: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcCOMPLIANCEVOLTAGE Enum

25

gcCOMPLIANCEVOLTAGE Enum

Compliance Voltage

Definition

enum

gcCOMPLIANCEVOLTAGE {

ComplianceLow = 0,

ComplianceHigh = 1

} gcCOMPLIANCEVOLTAGE;

Page 39: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcPWRSIGNALMODE Enum

26

gcPWRSIGNALMODE Enum

PWR800 Signal Mode

Definition

enum

gcPWRSIGNALMODE {

CurrentDischarge = 0,

Resistance = 1,

Power = 2,

Voltage = 3,

CurrentCharge = 4

} gcPWRSIGNALMODE;

Page 40: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

Typedefs and Enums -- gcMUXCELLSTATE Enum

27

gcMUXCELLSTATE Enum

Inactive Cell control mode.

Definition

enum

gcMUXCELLSTATE

{

MuxCellOpen = 0,

MuxCellLocal,

MuxCellShort

} gcMUXCELLSTATE;

Comments

MuxCellOpen

Inactive Cell is at open circuit.

MuxCellLocal

Inactive Cell is controlled by local Potentiostat.

MuxCellShort

Working and Counter electrodes of Inactive Cell are shorted. Used for Galvanic

Corrosion.

See Also

IGamryMux::OffMode

IGamryMux::SetOffMode

IGamryMux::SetOffModeMask

Page 41: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDeviceList -- Overview

28

IGamryDeviceList

Overview

The IGamryDeviceList interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It enables

applications to determine information about the Gamry devices connected to the system.

Member Description

Count Retrieve the number of devices connected

EnumSections Enumerate the sections of the connected devices

EnumLabels Enumerate the labels of the connected devices

Page 42: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDeviceList -- Count Method

29

Count Method

This function returns a count of Gamry devices which are currently installed or connected

to the system and controlled by GamryCom.

Definition

HRESULT

Count(

[out,retval] long* Count

);

Parameter

Count

A variable that receives the device count.

Comments

The count returned by this function can be used to determine if any devices are

currently installed or connected to the system. A count of 0 means that no devices

are currently connected or installed, and the application should handle this

accordingly.

Page 43: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDeviceList -- EnumSections Method

30

EnumSections Method

This function returns an array containing the section identifier for each Gamry device

currently installed or connected to the system and controlled by GamryCom.

Definition

HRESULT

EnumSections(

[out,retval] SAFEARRAY(BSTR)* Sections

);

Parameter

Sections

An array that receives the list of section identifiers.

Comments

The list returned by this function is used to identify which devices are to be used by

the application. A device is specified by using its section identifier in the call to

Init.

See Also

IGamryPstat.Init

Page 44: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDeviceList -- EnumLabels Method

31

EnumLabels Method

This function returns an array containing the labels for each Gamry device currently

installed or connected to the system and controlled by GamryCom.

Definition

HRESULT

EnumLabels(

[out,retval] SAFEARRAY(BSTR)* Labels

);

Parameter

Labels

An array that receives the list of device labels

Comments

The list returned by this function can be used to present the user with friendly

names for the available devices rather than the section identifiers. A device cannot

be specified using its label, but there is a direct correlation between the labels

returned from EnumLabels and the section identifiers returned from

EnumSections.

See Also

EnumSections

Page 45: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

_IGamryDeviceListEvents -- Overview

32

_IGamryDeviceListEvents

Overview

The _IGamryDeviceListEvents interface provides the event call-back functions required

to handle events issued by GamryDeviceList objects.

The following table summarizes the members of _IGamryDeviceListEvents. The

methods are described in detail in this section.

Member Description

OnDeviceListChanged A device was either added or removed from the system.

Page 46: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

_IGamryDeviceListEvents -- OnDeviceListChanged Method

33

OnDeviceListChanged Method

This function is called when a change has occurred to the device list. This change is

usually a device addition or removal.

Definition

HRESULT

OnDeviceListChanged();

Comments

This event is fired based on notification GamryCom receives from the operating

system. Most firings of this event are a result of a device being added or removed

from the system. However, on some occasions, this event can be fired multiple

times for the same device change. Because of this behavior, the application should

check for changes to the list returned by EnumSections. If the list has changed, a

device has been either added or removed. If the list is the same, the event can be

disregarded.

See Also

EnumSections

Page 47: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- Overview

34

IGamryPstat

Overview

The IGamryPstat interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It enables

applications to control a potentiostat device which is connected to the system.

Member Description

Init Initializes the Pstat object

Label The label name of the Pstat object

ModelNo The model number of the Pstat object

Open Open the Pstat

Close Close the Pstat

SetSignal Set the active Signal Object

InitSignal Initialize the active Signal Object

SetVoltage Set the cell voltage of the Pstat

SetBias Set the BIAS DAC

SetScan Set the SCAN DAC

SetScanRange Set the range of the SCAN DAC

TestScanRange Determine the appropriate range of the SCAN DAC

GstatRatio Determine the Current/Voltage ratio of an I/E Range

IruptMode Specify the current interrupt mode

CalDate Read the calibration date

SetCalDate Write the calibration date

Cell Read the cell state

SetCell Set the cell state

CtrlMode Read the control mode setting

SetCtrlMode Set the control mode

CASpeed Read the control amp speed setting

SetCASpeed Set the control amp speed

TestCASpeed Test the appropriate control amp speed

IEStability Read the I/E converter stability setting

SetIEStability Set the I/E converter stability

IConvention Read the Current (I) convention

SetIConvention Set the Current (I) convention

Ground Read the ground relay setting

SetGround Set the ground relay

SenseSpeed Read the current I/E electrometer setting

SetSenseSpeed Set which I/E electrometer to use

SenseSpeedMode Read the auto-select mode of the SenseSpeed setting

SetSenseSpeedMode Set the auto-select mode of the SenseSpeed setting

PosFeedEnable Read the enable state of Positive Feedback mode

SetPosFeedEnable Set the enable stat of Positive Feedback mode

PosFeedResistance Read the Positive Feedback Resistance setting

SetPosFeedResistance Set the Positive Feedback Resistance

Page 48: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- Overview

35

AnalogOut Read the Analog out setting

SetAnalogOut Set the Analog Out DAC value

DigitalOut Read the Digital Out bits setting

SetDigitalOut Set the Digital Out bits

DigitalIn Read the Digital In bits

DDSEnable Read the enable state of the DDS synthesizer

SetDDSEnable Set the enable state of the DDS synthesizer

DDSAmpl Read the amplitude of the DDS synthesizer

SetDDSAmpl Set the amplitude of the DDS synthesizer

DDSAmplBits Read the bit resolution of the DDS synthesizer

SetDDSAmplBits Set the bit resolution of the DDS synthesizer

DDSFreq Read the frequency of the DDS synthesizer

SetDDSFreq Set the frequency of the DDS synthesizer

FreqLimitUpper Read the upper AC frequency limit of the Pstat

FreqLimitLower Read the lower AC frequency limit of the Pstat

IERange Read the I/E converter range setting

SetIERange Set the I/E converter range

TestIERange Test the appropriate I/E converter range

TestIERangeAC Test the appropriate I/E converter range with bandwidth

IERangeMode Read the auto-range mode of the I/E converter

SetIERangeMode Set the auto-range mode of the I/E converter

IERangeLowerLimit Read the lower limit (range) setting for the I/E converter

SetIERangeLowerLimit Set the lower limit (range) of the I/E converter

IEResistor Read the effective resistance of an I/E converter Range

FindIERange Find an appropriate I/E converter Range

VchRange Read the voltage channel range setting

SetVchRange Set the voltage channel range setting

TestVchRange Test the appropriate voltage channel range

TestVchRangeAC Test the appropriate voltage channel range with bandwidth

VchRangeMode Read the auto-range mode of the voltage channel

SetVchRangeMode Set the auto-range mode of the voltage channel

VchOffset Read the voltage channel A/D offset setting

SetVchOffset Set the voltage channel A/D offset

VchOffsetEnable Read the enable state of the voltage channel offset DAC

SetVchOffsetEnable Set the enable state of the voltage channel offset DAC

VchFilter Read the voltage channel filter setting

SetVchFilter Set the voltage channel filter

TestVchFilter Test the appropriate voltage channel filter

FindVchRange Find an appropriate voltage channel range

IchRange Read the current channel range setting

SetIchRange Set the current channel range setting

TestIchRange Test the appropriate current channel range

TestIchRangeAC Test the appropriate current channel range with bandwidth

IchRangeMode Read the auto-range mode of the current channel

SetIchRangeMode Set the auto-range mode of the current channel

Page 49: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- Overview

36

IchOffset Read the current channel A/D offset setting

SetIchOffset Set the current channel A/D offset

IchOffsetEnable Read the enable state of the current channel offset DAC

SetIchOffsetEnable Set the enable state of the current channel offset DAC

IchFilter Read the current channel filter setting

SetIchFilter Set the current channel filter

TestIchFilter Test the appropriate current channel filter

FindIchRange Find an appropriate current channel range

AchRange Read the auxiliary channel range setting

SetAchRange Set the auxiliary channel range setting

TestAchRange Test the appropriate auxiliary channel range

TestAchRangeAC Test the appropriate auxiliary channel range with bandwidth

AchRangeMode Read the auto-range mode of the auxiliary channel

SetAchRangeMode Set the auto-range mode of the auxiliary channel

AchOffset Read the auxiliary channel A/D offset setting

SetAchOffset Set the auxiliary channel A/D offset

AchOffsetEnable Read the enable state of the auxiliary channel offset DAC

SetAchOffsetEnable Set the enable state of the auxiliary channel offset DAC

AchFilter Read the auxiliary channel filter setting

SetAchFilter Set the auxiliary channel filter

TestAchFilter Test the appropriate auxiliary channel filter

FindAchRange Find an appropriate auxiliary channel range

MeasureV Read the voltage at the cell input

MeasureI Read the current at the cell input

MeasureA Read the voltage on the potentiostat's Auxiliary A/D input

ScanLimitAC Report the maximum RMS signal the Pstat can deliver

FC350VRange Report the current FC350 voltage range

SetFC350VRange Set the current FC350 voltage range

TestFC350VRange Test the appropriate FC350 voltage range

FC350VRangeMultiplier Report the current FC350 voltage range multiplier

FC350IDivisor Report the current FC350 I channel divisor

SetFC350IDivisor Set the current FC350 I channel divisor

Page 50: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- Init Method

37

Init Method

This function initializes a GamryPstat object and specifies the physical device to use.

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] BSTR Section

);

Parameter

Section

A section identifier for the device to use

Comments

The Init method is used to specify the physical device associated with the

GamryPstat object. The section identifier should be one that is returned from a call

to the EnumSections method of IGamryDeviceList.

See Also

IGamryDeviceList.EnumSections

Page 51: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- Label Method

38

Label Method

This function returns the label, or friendly name, of the Pstat.

Definition

HRESULT

Label(

[out,retval] BSTR* Label

);

Parameter

Label

A variable that receives the label.

Comments

The Label method is used primarily to return the friendly name of the Pstat so the

user can easily recognize the device.

Page 52: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- ModelNo Method

39

ModelNo Method

This function returns the model number of the Pstat.

Definition

HRESULT

ModelNo(

[out,retval] gcMODELNO* ModelNo

);

Parameter

ModelNo

A variable that receives the model number.

Comments

The ModelNo method is used to return which type of Pstat is represented by this

object.

See Also

gcMODELNO

Page 53: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SerialNo Method

40

SerialNo Method

This function returns the serial number of the Pstat.

Definition

HRESULT

SerialNo(

[out,retval] BSTR* SerialNo

);

Parameter

SerialNo

A variable that receives the serial number.

Comments

The SerialNo is the unit serial number for external instruments, or the control board

number for internal instruments.

Page 54: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- Open Method

41

Open Method

This function opens the Pstat.

Definition

HRESULT

Open();

Comments

The Open method is used to take control of the Pstat. Any functions which set a

Pstat parameter require the Pstat to be open. A Pstat can only be opened by one

application at a time. If more that one application tries to Open a Pstat, only the

first one will succeed.

See Also

Close

Page 55: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- Close Method

42

Close Method

This function closes an open Pstat.

Definition

HRESULT

Close(

[in,defaultvalue(VARIANT_TRUE)] VARIANT_BOOL* Safe

);

Parameter

Safe

A Boolean value specifying whether or not to verify if the device can be closed.

Comments

The Close method is used to release an open Pstat. Once a Pstat is closed, other

applications can make use of it. By default this function does not require any

parameters. The optional Safe parameter should be left in the default state.

See Also

Open

Page 56: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetSignal Method

43

SetSignal Method

Specifies which signal object is to be used by the Pstat.

Definition

HRESULT

SetSignal(

[in] IGamrySignal* Signal

);

Parameter

Signal

A Gamry Signal object.

Comments

Multiple signals can be pre-created and then used one at a time by making a call to

SetSignal. The Signal can be one of many types of signals exposed by GamryCom,

like GamrySignalConst.

See Also

IGamrySignal

Page 57: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- InitSignal Method

44

InitSignal Method

Initialize the signal which is currently being used by the Pstat.

Definition

HRESULT

InitSignal();

Comments

This method causes the signal to be reset to the beginning so any data acquisition

objects run after the call to InitSignal will start with the beginning of the applied

signal. This call should be made to make sure the signal being used by the Pstat is

in a known state.

Page 58: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetVoltage Method

45

SetVoltage Method

Set the cell voltage of the Pstat.

Definition

HRESULT

SetVoltage(

[in] float Voltage

);

Parameter

Voltage

The voltage to apply (working versus reference)

Comments

This function provides a way to easily set the cell voltage when in Potentiostat

mode. This function does not use or allow for current interrupt IR compensation.

The voltage will not be applied unless the cell switch is on. This function should

not be used when the hardware is in Galvanostat mode without prior considerations

like knowing the GstatRatio.

See Also

SetCell

SetCtrlMode

GstatRatio

SetBias

SetScan

Page 59: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetBias Method

46

SetBias Method

Set the applied bias voltage.

Definition

HRESULT

SetBias(

[in] float Voltage,

[out,retval] float BiasSet

);

Parameter

Voltage

Bias to be applied (Volts)

BiasSet

Bias as set (Volts)

Comments

This signal is first summed with the Scan, DDS signal, and External signal. It is

then sent to the potentiostat’s signal input. In potentiostat mode this sum is applied

to the cell. The voltage will not be applied unless the cell switch is on. In

galvanostat mode the applied current depends on the GstatRatio.

See Also

SetCell

GstatRatio

SetVoltage

SetScan

Page 60: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetScan Method

47

SetScan Method

Set the scan voltage.

Definition

HRESULT

SetScan(

[in] float Voltage,

[out,retval] float VoltageSet

);

Parameter

Voltage

Bias to be applied (Volts)

VoltageSet

Scan as set (Volts)

Comments

This signal is first summed with the Bias, DDS signal, and External signal. It is

then sent to the potentiostat’s signal input. In potentiostat mode this sum is applied

to the cell. The voltage will not be applied unless the cell switch is on. In

galvanostat mode the applied current depends on the GstatRatio.

See Also

SetCell

GstatRatio

SetBias

SetVoltage

Page 61: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetScanRange Method

48

SetScanRange Method

Set the voltage range of the scan DAC.

Definition

HRESULT

SetScanRange(

[in] VARIANT ScanRange,

[out,retval] long* ScanRangeSet

);

Parameter

ScanRange

ScanRange is a variant that can take either a floating point number or an integer.

Floating point numbers (VT_R4, VT_R8) first perform a TestScanRange call

prior to setting the scan range. This floating point number is the voltage range

over which the scan DAC is to operate. Integer numbers (VT_I4, VT_UI4,

VT_I2, VT_UI2) set the scan range based on an integer identifier.

0 = ScanRangeCoarse

1 = ScanRangeMed

2 = ScanRangeFine

ScanRangeSet

Range as set

0 = ScanRangeCoarse

1 = ScanRangeMed

2 = ScanRangeFine

Comments

When a signal is attached to the potentiostat, the scan range is automatically set.

However, if you intend to set the scan voltage manually using SetScan, a call to

SetScanRange should be used beforehand.

See Also

SetScan

Page 62: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- TestScanRange Method

49

TestScanRange Method

Test for a scan DAC voltage range.

Definition

HRESULT

TestScanRange(

[in] float Voltage1,

[in] float Voltage2,

[out,retval] long* ScanRange

);

Parameter

Voltage1

First voltage of overall scan range

Voltage2

Second voltage of overall scan range

ScanRange

Range which should be used

0 = ScanRangeCoarse

1 = ScanRangeMed

2 = ScanRangeFine

Comments

The scan range is calculated by taking the difference between Voltage1 and

Voltage2. If an appropriate scan range can be determined it will be returned,

otherwise, an error will be generated.

See Also

SetScanRange

Page 63: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- GstatRatio Method

50

GstatRatio Method

Return the number of amps/volt when in galvanostat mode.

Definition

HRESULT

GstatRatio(

[in] long IERange,

[out,retval] float* Ratio

);

Parameter

IERange

A valid I/E converter range number

Ratio

Amps/(Input Volt) in galvanostat mode

Comments

This function is sensitive to sign convention since amps are defined differently by

convention. It is used primarily for calibration, but can also be used to configure

external or manual signal sources.

See Also

SetIConvention

Page 64: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetIruptMode Method

51

SetIruptMode Method

Set the current interrupt IR compensation mode.

Definition

HRESULT

SetIruptMode(

[in] gcIRUPTMODE FbMode,

[in,defaultvalue(EuNone)] gcEUCALCMODE EuMode,

[in,defaultvalue(0.0)] float Timer,

[in,defaultvalue(0.0)] float Eoc,

[in,defaultvalue(1.0)] float Gain

);

Parameter

FbMode

Feedback mode

IruptOff = NoFeedback

IruptNorm = Normal Feedback

IruptClfg = Control Loop Fixed Gain

EuMode

IR error calculation mode

EuNone = No interrupt measurement

EuExtrap = Extrapolation

EuAverage = Average

Timer

Nominal value (in seconds). This is the shorted time. The default value is

normally around 50 µs.

Eoc

Open circuit voltage, used only in control loop modes.

Gain

Cell gain. Used only in fixed gain control loop.

Comments

The current interrupt feature of the potentiostat uses a 3 sample algorithm to

estimate the IR-free voltage. It first samples V at the given current level then it

interrupts the current path and waits a time period, Tau. At that point it samples

Page 65: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetIruptMode Method

52

V again. It waits Tau seconds again and samples V for the third time. It then

turns on the current.

The sample time, Tau, is increased as the current decreases. The Time

parameter used in the call to SetIruptMode is used directly as Tau on the least

sensitive current ranges. On the more sensitive current ranges, Tau is longer,

but remains proportional to the Time parameter. Check your potentiostat’s

operating manual for information on valid Tau values.

There are two different ways of calculating the IR voltage error. In calculation

Mode 1, the three voltages, Vi, Voc1, and Voc2 are used to calculate an IR error

voltage VIR via an extrapolation. In Mode 2, an average is used.

VIR = Vi - 2∙Voc1 + Voc2 (Calculation Mode 1)

VIR = Vi - ½(Voc1 + Voc2) (Calculation Mode 2)

A third "calculation mode", Mode 0, is used to turn off the interrupt. In Mode 0,

all of the other function parameters are ignored.

Once the IR error has been calculated, it can be used in several different ways,

most of which involve feedback of the error signal.

In Galvanostat mode, there is never any IR compensation feedback. The

feedback mode setting is therefore ignored in the Galvanostat mode. The

measured error is used to correct potential measurements stored in the data

curve.

In Potentiostat mode, there are 3 different feedback modes.

a) No feedback.

b) Normal feedback. The measured error voltage is added to the voltage

applied for the next point.

c) Control loop with fixed gain.

See Also

SetPosFeedEnable

Page 66: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- CalDate Method

53

CalDate Method

Report the current calibration date setting.

Definition

HRESULT

CalDate(

[in] long CalType,

[out,retval] BSTR* CalDate

);

Parameter

CalType

Type of calibration to return date

0 = DC Calibration Date

1 = AC Calibration Date

CalDate

Date of last calibration

Comments

This function is used to check the calibration date, and potentially warn the user if

the calibration is too old, or if the unit is not calibrated.

See Also

SetCalDate

Page 67: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetCalDate Method

54

SetCalDate Method

Set the calibration date

Definition

HRESULT

SetCalDate(

[in] long CalType,

[in] BSTR* CalDate

);

Parameter

CalType

Type of calibration

0 = DC Calibration

1 = AC Calibration

CalDate

Calibration date to set

Comments

This function is used by the calibration, and should not be used under any other

conditions.

See Also

CalDate

Page 68: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- Cell Method

55

Cell Method

Return the current state of the cell switch.

Definition

HRESULT

Cell(

[out,retval] gcCELLSTATE* CellState

);

Parameter

CellState

Cell switch state

CellOff

CellOn

Comments

Since the reference electrode is always connected, measurements of the open circuit

voltage can be made even if the cell switch is in the off position.

See Also

SetCell

Page 69: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetCell Method

56

SetCell Method

Set the state of the cell switch.

Definition

HRESULT

SetCell(

[in] gcCELLSTATE CellState,

[out,retval] gcCELLSTATE* CellStateSet

);

Parameter

CellState

Cell switch state to set

CellOff

CellOn

CellStateSet

Cell switch state as set

Comments

When the cell is in the off position, no cell current can flow. The counter electrode

is disconnected.

When the cell is in the on position, cell current may flow. The counter electrode is

connected to the cell.

See Also

Cell

Page 70: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- CtrlMode Method

57

CtrlMode Method

Return the current potentiostat control mode.

Definition

HRESULT

CtrlMode(

[out,retval] gcCTRLMODE* CtrlMode

);

Parameter

CtrlMode

Current Control Mode

GstatMode = Galvanostat

PstatMode = Potentiostat

ZRAMode = Zero Resistance Ammeter (ZRA)

FRAMode = Frequency Response Analyzer (FRA)

See Also

SetCtrlMode

Page 71: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetCtrlMode Method

58

SetCtrlMode Method

Set the potentiostat control mode.

Definition

HRESULT

SetCtrlMode(

[in] gcCTRLMODE CtrlMode,

[out,retval] gcCTRLMODE* CtrlModeSet

);

Parameter

CtrlMode

Control Mode to set

GstatMode = Galvanostat

PstatMode = Potentiostat

ZRAMode = Zero Resistance Ammeter (ZRA)

FRAMode = Frequency Response Analyzer (FRA)

CtrlModeSet

Control Mode as set

Comments

FRAMode should normally not be set using this method.

See Also

CtrlMode

Page 72: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- CASpeed Method

59

CASpeed Method

Return the control amplifier speed setting.

Definition

HRESULT

CASpeed(

[out,retval] long* CASpeed

);

Parameter

CASpeed

Control Amplifier speed setting. Refer to your potentiostat’s operating manual

for information on the available speed settings.

See Also

SetCASpeed

TestCASpeed

Page 73: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetCASpeed Method

60

SetCASpeed Method

Set the roll off filter on the potentiostat control amplifier.

Definition

HRESULT

SetCASpeed (

[in] VARIANT CASpeed,

[out,retval] long* CASpeedSet

);

Parameter

CASpeed

CASpeed is a variant that can take either a floating point number or an integer.

Floating point numbers (VT_R4, VT_R8) first perform a TestCASpeed call

prior to setting the speed. The floating point number is the frequency of interest

when the unit is in potentiostat mode. Integer numbers (VT_I4, VT_UI4,

VT_I2, VT_UI2) set the speed based on an integer identifier. Consult your

potentiostat’s operating manual for information on the available CA Speed

settings.

CASpeedSet

Control amplifier speed setting as set

Comments

The control amplifier roll-off affects the overall stability of the potentiostat. As

with the IEStability disclaimer, we can only offer you a guideline in setting the

CASpeed.

If the potentiostat oscillates on all current ranges change the setting.

See Also

CASpeed

TestCASpeed

SetIEStability

Page 74: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- TestCASpeed Method

61

TestCASpeed Method

Test the speed setting of the potentiostat control amplifier.

Definition

HRESULT

TestCASpeed (

[in] float Frequency,

[out,retval] long* CASpeed

);

Parameter

Frequency

The frequency of interest when the unit is in potentiostat mode.

CASpeed

Appropriate control amplifier speed setting.

Comments

The frequency bandwidth for the control amplifier is dependent upon the

control mode of the potentiostat. When using this function, it expects the

frequencies to be entered as if the unit were in potentiostat mode. Galvanostat

mode will have an increased bandwidth.

See Also

CASpeed

SetCASpeed

Page 75: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- IEStability Method

62

IEStability Method

Report the potentiostat I/E converter stability setting.

Definition

HRESULT

IEStability(

[out,retval] gcIESTABILITY* Stability

);

Parameter

Stability

Current I/E Stability Setting

StabilityFast

StabilityMedFast

StabilityNorm

StabilitySlow

See Also

SetIEStability

Page 76: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetIEStability Method

63

SetIEStability Method

Set the I/E converter stability for potentiostat mode.

Definition

HRESULT

SetIEStability (

[in] gcIESTABILITY Stability,

[out,retval] gcIESTABILITY* StabilitySet

);

Parameter

Stability

I/E converter stability setting to set.

StabilityFast

StabilityMedFast

StabilityNorm

StabilitySlow

StabilitySet

I/E converter stability setting as set

Comments

The StabilityFast value corresponds to no extra I/E converter filtering. The

most stable stability is StabilitySlow. The Slow value corresponds to a large

I/E filter which removes 50/60 Hz noise in the lower current ranges.

While it would take an advanced course in amplifier design to completely

understand the stability setting, we can offer you a few guidelines:

a) Always leave the stability in Fast for galvanostatic operation.

b) If the potentiostat is showing high speed oscillation that depends on the current

range in use, try increasing the Stability setting.

c) If your curves are noisy at low currents, try setting Stability to Slow.

d) If you are acquiring data faster than 0.2 seconds/point and see glitches when the

current range changes, try decreasing the stability.

See Also

CASpeed

TestCASpeed

SetIEStability

Page 77: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- IConvention Method

64

IConvention Method

Return the setting of the current (I) convention.

Definition

HRESULT

Convention(

[out,retval] gcICONVENTION* Convention

);

Parameter

Convention

Current convention setting

Cathodic

Anodic

Comments

The setting refers to which direction is positive. When the convention is Anodic,

anodic currents are considered positive. When the convention is Cathodic, cathodic

currents are considered positive.

See Also

SetIConvention

Page 78: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetIConvention Method

65

SetIConvention Method

Set the state of the cell switch.

Definition

HRESULT

SetIConvention(

[in] gcICONVENTION Convention,

[out,retval] gcICONVENTION* ConventionSet

);

Parameter

Convention

Convention to set

Anodic

Cathodic

ConventionSet

Cell switch state as set

Comments

The setting refers to which direction is positive. When the convention is Anodic,

anodic currents are considered positive. When the convention is Cathodic, cathodic

currents are considered positive.

See Also

IConvention

Page 79: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- Ground Method

66

Ground Method

Read the current state of the ground isolation switch.

Definition

HRESULT

Ground(

[out,retval] gcGROUND* Ground

);

Parameter

Ground

Current state of the ground isolation switch

Float – Potentiostat floating ground is isolated from earth ground

Earth – Potentiostat floating ground is connected to earth ground

Comments

This setting does not pertain to all instruments. Please consult your potentiostat’s

operating manual for information regarding the ability to connect float and earth

grounds.

See Also

SetGround

Page 80: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetGround Method

67

SetGround Method

Set the state of the ground isolation switch.

Definition

HRESULT

SetGround(

[in] gcGROUND Ground,

[out,retval] gcGROUND* GroundSet

);

Parameter

Ground

Ground state to set

Float – Potentiostat floating ground is isolated from earth ground

Earth – Potentiostat floating ground is connected to earth ground

GroundSet

Ground switch state as set

Comments

This setting does not pertain to all instruments. Please consult your potentiostat’s

operating manual for information regarding the ability to connect float and earth

grounds.

See Also

Ground

Page 81: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SenseSpeed Method

68

SenseSpeed Method

Return which I/E electrometer (Fast or Slow) is currently being used.

Definition

HRESULT

SenseSpeed(

[out,retval] gcSENSESPEED* SenseSpeed

);

Parameter

SenseSpeed

Current state of the sense speed

SenseSlow – Slow I/E and Electrometer (more accuracy)

SenseFast – Fast I/E and Electrometer (more speed)

Comments

This setting pertains only to FAS1 and FAS2 model instruments.

See Also

SetSenseSpeed

SetSenseSpeedMode

Page 82: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetSenseSpeed Method

69

SetSenseSpeed Method

Sets which I/E electrometer (Fast or Slow) is to be used.

Definition

HRESULT

SetSenseSpeed(

[in] gcSENSESPEED SenseSpeed,

[out,retval] gcSENSESPEED* SenseSpeedSet

);

Parameter

SenseSpeed

Sense speed to set

SenseSlow – Slow I/E and Electrometer (more accuracy)

SenseFast – Fast I/E and Electrometer (more speed)

SenseSpeedSet

Sense speed state as set

Comments

This setting pertains only to FAS1 and FAS2 model instruments.

See Also

SenseSpeed

SetSenseSpeedMode

Page 83: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SenseSpeedMode Method

70

SenseSpeedMode Method

Returns the status of the Sense Speed auto-set mode.

Definition

HRESULT

SenseSpeedMode(

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* SenseSpeedMode

);

Parameter

SenseSpeedMode

Current state of the sense speed

VARIANT_TRUE – Auto-set Mode is enabled

VARIANT_FALSE – Auto-set Mode is disabled

Comments

This setting pertains only to FAS1 and FAS2 model instruments.

See Also

SetSenseSpeed

SetSenseSpeedMode

Page 84: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetSenseSpeedMode Method

71

SetSenseSpeedMode Method

Sets the Sense Speed auto-set mode.

Definition

HRESULT

SetSenseSpeed(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL SenseSpeedMode,

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* SenseSpeedModeSet

);

Parameter

SenseSpeedMode

Sense speed mode to set

VARIANT_TRUE – Auto-set Mode is enabled

VARIANT_FALSE – Auto-set Mode is disabled

SenseSpeedModeSet

Sense speed mode as set

Comments

This setting pertains only to FAS1 and FAS2 model instruments. Most applications

should leave this in the enabled state. This allows speed settings to be

automatically adjusted based on I/E current range selections. In cases where DC

measurements are being performed across wide current range selections, a user may

choose to turn off the auto-set mode and manually specify the slow sense speed.

See Also

SetSenseSpeed

SenseSpeedMode

Page 85: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- PosFeedEnable Method

72

PosFeedEnable Method

Return the enable state of the Positive Feedback DAC

Definition

HRESULT

PosFeedEnable(

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* PosFeedEnable

);

Parameter

PosFeedEnable

Current enable state of the positive feedback DAC

VARIANT_TRUE – Enabled

VARIANT_FALSE – Disabled

Comments

Positive feedback is enabled when performing positive feedback IR compensation.

See Also

SetPosFeedEnable

SetPosFeedResistance

Page 86: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetPosFeedEnable Method

73

SetPosFeedEnable Method

Sets the enable state of the positive feedback DAC.

Definition

HRESULT

SetPosFeedEnable(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL PosFeedEnable,

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* PosFeedEnableSet

);

Parameter

PosFeedEnable

Enable state to set

VARIANT_TRUE – Enable

VARIANT_FALSE – Disable

PosFeedEnableSet

Positive feedback enable state as set

Comments

Positive feedback is enabled when performing positive feedback IR compensation.

A call should also be made to SetPosFeedResistance to set the uncompensated

resistance that will be used by the feedback loop.

See Also

PosFeedEnable

SetPosFeedResistance

Page 87: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- PosFeedResistance Method

74

PosFeedResistance Method

Return the uncompensated resistance value used for positive feedback.

Definition

HRESULT

PosFeedResistance(

[out,retval] float* PosFeedResistance

);

Parameter

PosFeedResistance

Value of the uncompensated resistance in ohms.

Comments

This value is not used unless the positive feedback mode is enabled.

See Also

SetPosFeedEnable

SetPosFeedResistance

Page 88: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetPosFeedResistance Method

75

SetPosFeedResistance Method

Sets the uncompensated resistance value used during positive feedback.

Definition

HRESULT

SetPosFeedResistance(

[in] float PosFeedResistance,

[out,retval] float* PosFeedResistanceSet

);

Parameter

PosFeedResistance

Value of the uncompensated resistance to set in ohms

PosFeedResistanceSet

Value of the uncompensated resistance as set.

Comments

Positive feedback is enabled when performing positive feedback IR compensation.

The positive feedback mode should be enabled prior to making this call.

See Also

SetPosFeedEnable

PosFeedResistance

Page 89: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- AnalogOut Method

76

AnalogOut Method

Read the current voltage setting for the auxiliary DAC output.

Definition

HRESULT

AnalogOut(

[out,retval] float* Out

);

Parameter

Out

The current auxiliary voltage in volts.

See Also

SetAnalogOut

Page 90: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetAnalogOut Method

77

SetAnalogOut Method

Sets the voltage of the auxiliary DAC output.

Definition

HRESULT

SetAnalogOut(

[in] float Out,

[out,retval] float* OutSet

);

Parameter

Out

Auxiliary voltage to set in volts.

OutSet

Auxiliary voltage as set.

Comments

For some potentiostats, the offset and/or full scale range of the auxiliary DAC can

be changed using jumpers on the controller card. Consult your potentiostat’s

operating manual for more information.

See Also

AnalogOut

SetDigitalOut

Page 91: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- DigitalOut Method

78

DigitalOut Method

Read the current digital output setting.

Definition

HRESULT

DigitalOut(

[out,retval] short* Out

);

Parameter

Out

The current digital output setting in the 4 least significant bits.

See Also

SetDigitalOut

Page 92: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetDigitalOut Method

79

SetDigitalOut Method

Sets the digital output setting.

Definition

HRESULT

SetDigitalOut(

[in] short Out,

[in] short Mask,

[out,retval] short* OutSet

);

Parameter

Out

New output setting in the lowest 4 bits.

Mask

Identify the bits to be changed.

OutSet

Output setting as set.

Comments

The Out parameter is used to show the desired bit pattern and to show the

range of bits to be changed.

Each of the lowest 4 bits of the Out argument corresponds to one of the output

bits. A bit will only be changed if the mask argument has a one in that bit's bit

position. A mask argument of 0x0003 would allow changes in Output0 and

Output1. With this mask value, Output 2 and Output 3 will not be changed

regardless of the bit pattern argument.

See Also

DigitalOut

Page 93: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- DigitalIn Method

80

DigitalIn Method

Read the potentiostat’s digital input bits.

Definition

HRESULT

DigitalIn(

[out,retval] short* In

);

Parameter

In

The input bits. In0 is the least significant bit.

Comments

There are 4 uncommitted digital inputs in the Miscellaneous I/O Connector.

The bits are labeled In0, In1, In2 and In3. See your potentiostat's Operator's

Manual for the pin assignments in the Miscellaneous I/O Connector.

See Also

SetDigitalOut

Page 94: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- DDSEnable Method

81

DDSEnable Method

Return the enable state of the DDS sine wave synthesizer.

Definition

HRESULT

DDSEnable(

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* DDSEnable

);

Parameter

DDSEnable

Current enable state of the DDS sine wave synthesizer

VARIANT_TRUE – Enabled

VARIANT_FALSE – Disabled

See Also

SetDDSEnable

SetDDSAmpl

SetDDSFreq

Page 95: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetDDSEnable Method

82

SetDDSEnable Method

Sets the enable state of the DDS sine wave synthesizer.

Definition

HRESULT

SetDDSEnable(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL DDSEnable,

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* DDSEnableSet

);

Parameter

DDSEnable

Enable state to set

VARIANT_TRUE – Enable

VARIANT_FALSE – Disable

DDSEnableSet

DDS enable state as set

Comments

The DDS enable state must be set to enable for the DDS sine wave synthesizer to be

summed in through the signal chain. In order for the signal to be applied at the cell,

the cell state must also be turned on. Prior to setting the DDS to the enable state,

calls should be made to SetDDSFreq and SetDDSAmpl.

See Also

DDSEnable

SetDDSFreq

SetDDSAmpl

SetCell

Page 96: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- DDSAmpl Method

83

DDSAmpl Method

Report the current RMS voltage of the DDS sine wave synthesizer.

Definition

HRESULT

DDSAmpl(

[out,retval] float* DDSAmpl

);

Parameter

DDSAmpl

The current RMS voltage in volts.

See Also

SetDDSAmpl

Page 97: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetDDSAmpl Method

84

SetDDSAmpl Method

Sets the RMS voltage of the DDS sine wave synthesizer.

Definition

HRESULT

SetDDSAmpl(

[in] float DDSAmpl,

[out,retval] float* DDSAmplSet

);

Parameter

DDSAmpl

Requested RMS amplitude in volts.

DDSAmplSet

Resulting RMS amplitude as set.

Comments

This amplitude will only be applied if the DDS is enabled with a call to

SetDDSEnable.

For a sine wave 222

2 pkpkpeak

rms

VVV .

The peak voltages that a potentiostat can produce vary by instrument. Consult your

operator’s manual for specifications.

See Also

DDSAmpl

SetDDSEnable

SetDDSFreq

Page 98: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- DDSAmplBits Method

85

DDSAmplBits Method

Read the bit resolution of the DDS synthesizer.

Definition

HRESULT

DDSAmplBits(

[out,retval] float* DDSAmplBits

);

Parameter

DDSAmplBits

DDS Synthesizer’s bit resolution

Comments

Certain Gamry Instrument’s devices have different bit resolution for the DDS

synthesizer. These are due to changes in the DDS circuitry itself. This function is

used during the calibration of the instruments.

See Also

SetDDSAmplBits

Page 99: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetDDSAmplBits Method

86

SetDDSAmplBits Method

Set the bit resolution of the DDS synthesizer.

Definition

HRESULT

SetDDSAmpl(

[in] float DDSAmplBits,

[out,retval] float* DDSAmplBitsSet

);

Parameter

DDSAmplBits

Requested DDS bit resolution.

DDSAmplSet

DDS bit resolution as set.

Comments

Certain Gamry Instrument’s devices have different bit resolution for the DDS

synthesizer. These are due to changes in the DDS circuitry itself. This function is

used during the calibration of the instruments.

See Also

DDSAmpl

SetDDSEnable

SetDDSFreq

Page 100: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- DDSFreq Method

87

DDSFreq Method

Report the current frequency setting of the DDS sine wave synthesizer.

Definition

HRESULT

DDSFreq(

[out,retval] float* DDSFreq

);

Parameter

DDSFreq

The current frequency setting in hertz.

See Also

SetDDSFreq

Page 101: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetDDSFreq Method

88

SetDDSFreq Method

Sets the frequency of the DDS sine wave synthesizer.

Definition

HRESULT

SetDDSFreq(

[in] float DDSFreq,

[out,retval] float* DDSFreqSet

);

Parameter

DDSFreq

Requested frequency in hertz.

DDSFreqSet

Resulting frequency as set.

Comments

This frequency will only be applied if the DDS is enabled with a call to

SetDDSEnable. This call should be made in conjunction with a call to

SetDDSAmpl. The upper and lower limits vary based on the instrument. Consult

your operator’s manual for specifications.

See Also

SetDDSAmpl

SetDDSEnable

DDSFreq

Page 102: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- FreqLimitUpper Method

89

FreqLimitUpper Method

Report the potentiostat’s maximum allowed frequency.

Definition

HRESULT

FreqLimitUpper(

[out,retval] float* FreqLimitUpper

);

Parameter

FreqLimitUpper

Maximum frequency in hertz.

Comments

Each potentiostat driver reports the limitation imposed by its associated hardware.

Consult your potentiostat’s operator’s manual for specifications.

See Also

FreqLimitLower

Page 103: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- FreqLimitLower Method

90

FreqLimitLower Method

Report the potentiostat’s minimum allowed frequency.

Definition

HRESULT

FreqLimitLower(

[out,retval] float* FreqLimitLower

);

Parameter

FreqLimitLower

Minimum frequency in hertz.

Comments

Each potentiostat driver reports the limitation imposed by its associated hardware.

Consult your potentiostat’s operator’s manual for specifications.

See Also

FreqLimitUpper

Page 104: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- IERange Method

91

IERange Method

Report the current I/E range of the potentiostat.

Definition

HRESULT

IERange(

[out,retval] long* Range

);

Parameter

Range

I/E Range of the potentiostat

Absolute current range (Full Scale Limit)

0 = 3 pA

1 = 30 pA

2 = 300 pA

3 = 3 nA

4 = 30 nA

5 = 300 nA

6 = 3 µA

7 = 30 µA

8 = 300 µA

9 = 3 mA

10 = 30 mA

11 = 300 mA

12 = 3 A

13 = 30 A

14 = 300 A

15 = 3 kA

Comments

Not all ranges are available on specific potentiostats. Please consult your

potentiostat’s operator’s manual for information specific to your potentiostat. The

ranges listed are for 300 mA models. For 750 mA models, multiply the ranges by

2.5. For 600 mA models, multiply the ranges by 2.0.

See Also

SetIERange

Page 105: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetIERange Method

92

SetIERange Method

Sets the I/E Range of the potentiostat.

Definition

HRESULT

SetIERange (

[in] VARIANT Range,

[out,retval] long* RangeSet

);

Parameter

Range

Range is a variant that can take either a floating point number or an integer.

Floating point numbers (VT_R4, VT_R8) first perform a TestIERange call prior

to setting the range. The floating point number is the current (in Amps) of

interest. Integer numbers (VT_I4, VT_UI4, VT_I2, VT_UI2) set the I/E range

based on an integer identifier. Consult your potentiostats operating manual for

information on the available I/E Range settings.

RangeSet

Resulting range as set.

0 = 3 pA

1 = 30 pA

2 = 300 pA

3 = 3 nA

4 = 30 nA

5 = 300 nA

6 = 3 µA

7 = 30 µA

8 = 300 µA

9 = 3 mA

10 = 30 mA

11 = 300 mA

12 = 3 A

13 = 30 A

14 = 300 A

15 = 3 kA

Page 106: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetIERange Method

93

Comments

Not all ranges are available on specific potentiostats. Please consult your

potentiostat’s operator’s manual for information specific to your potentiostat. The

ranges listed are for 300 mA models. For 750 mA models, multiply the ranges by

2.5. For 600 mA models, multiply the ranges by 2.0. If you attempt to set a range

which is not available for a specific potentiostat, a Parameter Error will be issued.

Some ranges may be unavailable if the LowerLimit has been set. See the

SetIERangeLowerLimit method for more information.

See Also

IERange

TestIERange

SetIERangeLowerLimit

Page 107: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- TestIERange Method

94

TestIERange Method

Find the optimum I/E range setting of the potentiostat for a given current.

Definition

HRESULT

TestIERange (

[in] float Current,

[out,retval] long* Range

);

Parameter

Current

The maximum anticipated current.

Range

Appropriate I/E range setting.

Comments

If Abs(Current) is greater than Imax for the selected potentiostat, the maximum

possible range for that potentiostat will be returned.

See Also

IERange

SetIERange

Page 108: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- TestIERangeAC Method

95

TestIERangeAC Method

Find the optimum I/E range setting of the potentiostat for a given current and frequency.

Definition

HRESULT

TestIERangeAC (

[in] float CurrentAC,

[in] float VoltageAC,

[in] float CurrentDC,

[in] float VoltageDC,

[in] float Frequency,

[out,retval] long* Range

);

Parameter

CurrentAC

The maximum absolute AC current in amps

VoltageAC

The maximum absolute AC voltage in volts

CurrentDC

The maximum absolute AC current in amps

VoltageDC

The maximum absolute DC voltage in volts

Frequency

Measurement frequency in hertz

Range

Appropriate I/E range setting.

Comments

This function takes into account the measurement frequency since a higher than

normal current range is required at high frequencies. It also considers the maximum

estimated voltage to avoid very large common mode voltages. The actual current

range is not changed.

See Also

SetIERange

Page 109: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- IERangeMode Method

96

IERangeMode Method

Returns the status of auto-ranging mode of the I/E converter.

Definition

HRESULT

IERangeMode(

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* RangeMode

);

Parameter

RangeMode

Current state of the auto-ranging mode

VARIANT_TRUE – Auto-ranging is enabled

VARIANT_FALSE – Auto-ranging is disabled

See Also

SetIERange

SetIERangeMode

Page 110: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetIERangeMode Method

97

SetIERangeMode Method

Enable or disable current measurement auto-ranging.

Definition

HRESULT

SetIERange(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL RangeMode,

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* RangeModeSet

);

Parameter

RangeMode

Auto-range mode to set

VARIANT_TRUE – Auto-set Mode is enabled

VARIANT_FALSE – Auto-set Mode is disabled

RangeModeSet

Sense speed mode as set

Comments

This setting pertains only to FAS1 and FAS2 model instruments. Most applications

should leave this in the enabled state. This allows speed settings to be

automatically adjusted based on I/E current range selections. In cases where DC

measurements are being performed across wide current range selections, a user may

choose to turn off the auto-set mode and manually specify the slow sense speed.

See Also

SetIERange

IERangeMode

Page 111: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- IERangeLowerLimit Method

98

IERangeLowerLimit Method

Reads the lower limit of the IERange as currently set.

Definition

HRESULT

IERangeLowerLimit(

[out,retval] long* RangeLowerLimit

);

Parameter

RangeLowerLimit

Lower Limit IERange as set

0 = 3 pA

1 = 30 pA

2 = 300 pA

3 = 3 nA

4 = 30 nA

5 = 300 nA

6 = 3 µA

7 = 30 µA

8 = 300 µA

9 = 3 mA

10 = 30 mA

11 = 300 mA

12 = 3 A

13 = 30 A

14 = 300 A

15 = 3 kA

Comments

Not all ranges are available on specific potentiostats. Please consult your

potentiostat’s operator’s manual for information specific to your potentiostat. The

ranges listed are for 300 mA models. For 750 mA models, multiply the ranges by

2.5. For 600 mA models, multiply the ranges by 2.0. If you attempt to set a range

which is not available for a specific potentiostat, a Parameter Error will be issued.

See Also

SetIERange

SetIERangeLowerLimit

Page 112: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetIERangeLowerLimit Method

99

SetIERangeLowerLimit Method

Sets the lower limit of the IERange.

Definition

HRESULT

SetIERangeLowerLimit(

[in] long RangeLowerLimit,

[out,retval] long* RangeLowerLimitSet

);

Parameter

RangeLowerLimit

The IERange to be used as the lower limit by the potentiostat

0 = 3 pA

1 = 30 pA

2 = 300 pA

3 = 3 nA

4 = 30 nA

5 = 300 nA

6 = 3 µA

7 = 30 µA

8 = 300 µA

9 = 3 mA

10 = 30 mA

11 = 300 mA

12 = 3 A

13 = 30 A

14 = 300 A

15 = 3 kA

RangeLowerLimitSet

Resulting range lower limit as set.

Comments

Not all ranges are available on specific potentiostats. Please consult your

potentiostat’s operator’s manual for information specific to your potentiostat. The

ranges listed are for 300 mA models. For 750 mA models, multiply the ranges by

2.5. For 600 mA models, multiply the ranges by 2.0. If you attempt to set a range

which is not available for a specific potentiostat, a Parameter Error will be issued.

Page 113: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetIERangeLowerLimit Method

100

This limit is used when the potentiostat is making autorange decisions. By setting

this lower limit, one can insure that the potentiostat will never range to a range

lower than that specified by the limit. This is helpful when doing measurements at

high speed.

See Also

SetIERange

SetIERangeLowerLimit

Page 114: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- IEResistor Method

101

IEResistor Method

Calculate the effective I/E resistance.

Definition

HRESULT

IEResistor(

[in] long Range,

[out,retval] float* Resistor

);

Parameter

Range

Current IERange

Resistor

Effective Resistance (Ohms)

Comments

This resistance, when multiplied by the cell current, gives the voltage output of the I/E

converter.

See Also

SetIERange

Page 115: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- FindIERange Method

102

FindIERange Method

Attempts to find optimum current range for use during a scan.

Definition

HRESULT

FindIERange(

[out,retval] long* IERange

);

Parameter

IERange

Range as determined

Comments

Acquires several current points, adjusting the current range after each point is taken.

Use this method prior to starting a scan, in order to hone in on the optimum current

range to use during the scan.

See Also

IERange

SetIERange

Page 116: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- VchRange Method

103

VchRange Method

Report the voltage channel range

Definition

HRESULT

VchRange(

[out,retval] long* Range

);

Parameter

Range

Voltage for 30000 counts on A/D

0 0.03 V range

1 0.30 V range

2 3.00 V range

3 30.00 V (PCI4) 12V (PC5)

Comments

Not all ranges are available on specific potentiostats. Please consult your

potentiostat’s operator’s manual for information specific to your potentiostat

See Also

SetVchRange

Page 117: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetVchRange Method

104

SetVchRange Method

Set voltage channel range.

Definition

HRESULT

SetVchRange(

[in] VARIANT Range,

[out,retval] long* RangeSet

);

Parameter

Range

Range is a variant that can take either a floating point number or an integer.

Floating point numbers (VT_R4, VT_R8) first perform a TestVchRange call

prior to setting the range. The floating point number is the maximum

anticipated voltage (in Volts). Integer numbers (VT_I4, VT_UI4, VT_I2,

VT_UI2) set the voltage range based on an integer identifier. Consult your

potentiostat’s operating manual for information on the available I/E Range

settings.

RangeSet

VchRange as set

Comments

Not all ranges are available on specific potentiostats. Please consult your

potentiostat’s operator’s manual for information specific to your potentiostat

See Also

VchRange

TestVchRange

Page 118: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- TestVchRange Method

105

TestVchRange Method

Finds the optimum voltage range of the voltage channel.

Definition

HRESULT

TestVchRange(

[in] float Voltage,

[out,retval] long* Range

);

Parameter

Voltage

Maximum anticipated voltage

Range

Optimum voltage range for V channel

Comments

Finds the optimum voltage range of the voltage channel to maximize the resolution

of the A/D converter.

See Also

VchRange

SetVchRange

Page 119: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- TestVchRangeAC Method

106

TestVchRangeAC Method

Finds the optimum voltage range of the voltage channel.

Definition

HRESULT

TestVchRangeAC(

[in] float Voltage,

[in] float Frequency,

[out,retval] long* Range

);

Parameter

Voltage

Maximum anticipated voltage

Frequency

Measurement Frequency

Range

Optimum voltage range for V channel

Comments

Finds the optimum voltage range of the voltage channel to maximize the resolution

of the A/D converter. Takes into account a higher-than-normal measurement

frequency.

See Also

VchRange

SetVchRange

TestVchRange

Page 120: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- VchRangeMode Method

107

VchRangeMode Method

Returns the status of auto-ranging mode of the V channel.

Definition

HRESULT

VchRangeMode(

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* RangeMode

);

Parameter

RangeMode

Current state of the auto-ranging mode

VARIANT_TRUE – Auto-ranging is enabled

VARIANT_FALSE – Auto-ranging is disabled

See Also

SetVchRange

SetVchRangeMode

Page 121: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetVchRangeMode Method

108

SetVchRangeMode Method

Enable or disable current measurement auto-ranging.

Definition

HRESULT

SetVchRange(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL RangeMode,

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* RangeModeSet

);

Parameter

RangeMode

Auto-range mode to set

VARIANT_TRUE – Auto-set Mode is enabled

VARIANT_FALSE – Auto-set Mode is disabled

RangeModeSet

Vch Range mode as set

Comments

Autoranging is performed by the DTAQ in use based upon the last measurement

taken. Ranging only occurs if a higher or lower range is available.

See Also

SetVchRange

VchRangeMode

Page 122: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- VchOffset Method

109

VchOffset Method

Report the offset voltage of the voltage channel

Definition

HRESULT

VchOffset(

[out,retval] float* Offset

);

Parameter

Offset

The offset voltage

Comments

The offset voltage is subtracted using the offset DAC in front of the A/D converter.

This offset value is then added back to the measured value after the measurement is

taken. By using offsets, the channel can be set to a more sensitive range for off-

zero measurements.

See Also

SetVchOffset

VchOffsetEnable

SetVchOffsetEnable

Page 123: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetVchOffset Method

110

SetVchOffset Method

Set the DC offset voltage in the voltage channel

Definition

HRESULT

SetVchOffset(

[in] float Offset,

[out,retval] float* OffsetSet

);

Parameter

Offset

Offset voltage level

OffsetSet

The offset voltage as set

Comments

The actual offset circuitry may be implemented in the potentiostat or in the FRA.

Not all hardware configurations have this feature. The actual DC offset voltage is

returned. If the VchOffsetEnable flag is set to FALSE, 0 will be returned. If the

hardware doesn’t support the DC offset, 0 will also be returned.

See Also

VchOffset

VchOffsetEnable

SetVchOffsetEnable

Page 124: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- VchOffsetEnable Method

111

VchOffsetEnable Method

Reports enabled/disabled state of the voltage channel

Definition

HRESULT

VchOffsetEnable(

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* OffsetEnable

);

Parameter

OffsetEnable

Offset state to set

VARIANT_TRUE – Offset is enabled

VARIANT_FALSE – Offset is disabled

Comments

The actual offset circuitry may be implemented in the potentiostat or in the FRA.

Not all hardware configurations have this feature. The actual DC offset voltage is

returned. If the VchOffsetEnable flag is set to FALSE, 0 will be returned. If the

hardware doesn’t support the DC offset, 0 will also be returned.

See Also

VchOffset

VchOffsetEnable

SetVchOffsetEnable

Page 125: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetVchOffsetEnable Method

112

SetVchOffsetEnable Method

Enable or Disable post potentiostat offset correction.

Definition

HRESULT

SetVchOffsetEnable(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL OffsetEnable,

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* OffsetEnableSet

);

Parameter

OffsetEnable

Enable state to set

VARIANT_TRUE – Enable

VARIANT_FALSE – Disable

OffsetEnableSet

Vch Offset enable state as set

Comments

Enable or Disable post potentiostat offset correction. This allows the DC

component of a measured voltage signal to be removed. Removal of this DC

component allows multiplication of the signal by a post gain factor (1x, 10x, 100x)

while keeping this post gain signal within the +/- 3V limit of the analog to digital

converter (ADC).

See Also

VchOffset

SetVchOffset

VchOffsetEnable

Page 126: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- VchFilter Method

113

VchFilter Method

Report current setting of Voltage Filter

Definition

HRESULT

VchFilter(

[out,retval] long* Filter

);

Parameter

Filter

Filter as set

0 No Filter

1 200 kHz

2 1 kHz

3 5 Hz

Comments

This filter has no effect on potentiostat stability.

See Also

SetVchFilter

TestVchFilter

Page 127: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetVchFilter Method

114

SetVchFilter Method

Sets the filter on the voltage measuring channel

Definition

HRESULT

SetVchFilter(

[in] VARIANT Filter,

[out,retval] long* FilterSet

);

Parameter

Filter

Filter is a variant that can take either a floating point number or an integer.

Floating point numbers (VT_R4, VT_R8) first perform a TestVchFilter call

prior to setting the range. The floating point number is the desired frequency.

Integer numbers (VT_I4, VT_UI4, VT_I2, VT_UI2) set the voltage filter based

on an integer identifier. Consult your potentiostat’s operating manual for

information on the available V channel filter settings.

Filter

Filter as set

Comments

The No Filter setting should not be used under normal circumstances. It is to be

used exclusively for AC impedance measurements beyond 100 kHz..

See Also

VchFilter

TestVchFilter

Page 128: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- TestVchFilter Method

115

TestVchFilter Method

Returns the appropriate Vch Filter given a desired frequency

Definition

HRESULT

TestVchFilter(

[in] float Frequency,

[out,retval] long* Filter

);

Parameter

Frequency

Frequency of interest in Hz

Filter

Best filter setting to use for the specified frequency. See VchFilter.

Comments

This function is automatically called by SetVchFilter is called with a frequency

passed in as the first argument.

See Also

VchFilter

SetVchFilter

Page 129: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- FindVchRange Method

116

FindVchRange Method

Attempts to find optimum voltage range for use during a scan.

Definition

HRESULT

FindVchRange(

[out,retval] long* VchRange

);

Parameter

VchRange

Range as determined

Comments

Acquires several current points, adjusting the voltage measurement range after each

point is taken. Use this method prior to starting a scan, in order to hone in on the

optimum voltage range to use during the scan.

See Also

VchRange

SetVchRange

Page 130: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- MeasureV Method

117

MeasureV Method

Read the voltage on the cell input

Definition

HRESULT

MeasureV(

[out,retval] float* Voltage

);

Parameter

Voltage

Cell voltage in volts.

Comments

The full scale range on will depend on the voltage range currently selected. The

MeasureV method will autorange the voltage range if voltage channel autoranging

is enabled.

See Also

SetVchRange

SetVchRangeMode

Page 131: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- IchRange Method

118

IchRange Method

Report the current channel range

Definition

HRESULT

IchRange(

[out,retval] long* Range

);

Parameter

Range

Voltage for 30000 counts on A/D

0 0.03 V range

1 0.30 V range

2 3.00 V range

3 30.00 V (PCI4) 12V (PC5)

Comments

The measured current is converted into a voltage using the I/E Converter. This

function reports the code for the full scale A/D range in use.

Not all ranges are available on specific potentiostats. Please consult your

potentiostat’s operator’s manual for information specific to your potentiostat

See Also

SetIchRange

Page 132: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetIchRange Method

119

SetIchRange Method

Set current channel range.

Definition

HRESULT

SetIchRange(

[in] VARIANT Range,

[out,retval] long* RangeSet

);

Parameter

Range

Range is a variant that can take either a floating point number or an integer.

Floating point numbers (VT_R4, VT_R8) first perform a TestIchRange call

prior to setting the range. The floating point number is the maximum

anticipated voltage (in Volts). Integer numbers (VT_I4, VT_UI4, VT_I2,

VT_UI2) set the voltage range based on an integer identifier. Consult your

potentiostat’s operating manual for information on the available I/E Range

settings.

RangeSet

IchRange as set

Comments

Setting the IchRange using a voltage is preferred. The measured current is

converted into a voltage on the I channel using the I/E converter.

Not all ranges are available on specific potentiostats. Please consult your

potentiostat’s operator’s manual for information specific to your potentiostat

See Also

IchRange

TestIchRange

Page 133: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- TestIchRange Method

120

TestIchRange Method

Finds the optimum voltage range of the current channel.

Definition

HRESULT

TestIchRange(

[in] float Voltage,

[out,retval] long* Range

);

Parameter

Voltage

Maximum anticipated voltage

Range

Optimum voltage range for I channel

Comments

Finds the optimum voltage range of the current channel to maximize the resolution

of the A/D converter.

See Also

IchRange

SetIchRange

Page 134: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- TestIchRangeAC Method

121

TestIchRangeAC Method

Finds the optimum voltage range of the current channel.

Definition

HRESULT

TestIchRangeAC(

[in] float Voltage,

[in] float Frequency,

[out,retval] long* Range

);

Parameter

Voltage

Maximum anticipated voltage

Frequency

Measurement Frequency

Range

Optimum voltage range for I channel

Comments

Finds the optimum voltage range of the current channel to maximize the resolution

of the A/D converter. Takes into account a higher-than-normal measurement

frequency.

See Also

IchRange

SetIchRange

TestIchRange

Page 135: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- IchRangeMode Method

122

IchRangeMode Method

Returns the status of auto-ranging mode of the I channel.

Definition

HRESULT

IchRangeMode(

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* RangeMode

);

Parameter

RangeMode

Current state of the auto-ranging mode

VARIANT_TRUE – Auto-ranging is enabled

VARIANT_FALSE – Auto-ranging is disabled

See Also

SetIchRange

SetIchRangeMode

Page 136: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetIchRangeMode Method

123

SetIchRangeMode Method

Enable or disable current measurement auto-ranging.

Definition

HRESULT

SetIchRange(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL RangeMode,

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* RangeModeSet

);

Parameter

RangeMode

Auto-range mode to set

VARIANT_TRUE – Auto-set Mode is enabled

VARIANT_FALSE – Auto-set Mode is disabled

RangeModeSet

Ich Range mode as set

Comments

Autoranging is performed by the DTAQ in use based upon the last measurement

taken. Ranging only occurs if a higher or lower range is available.

See Also

SetIchRange

IchRangeMode

Page 137: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- IchOffset Method

124

IchOffset Method

Report the offset voltage of the current channel

Definition

HRESULT

IchOffset(

[out,retval] float* Offset

);

Parameter

Offset

The offset voltage

Comments

The offset voltage is subtracted using the offset DAC in front of the A/D converter.

This offset value is then added back to the measured value after the measurement is

taken. By using offsets, the channel can be set to a more sensitive range for off-

zero measurements.

See Also

SetIchOffset

IchOffsetEnable

SetIchOffsetEnable

Page 138: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetIchOffset Method

125

SetIchOffset Method

Set the DC offset voltage in the current channel

Definition

HRESULT

SetIchOffset(

[in] float Offset,

[out,retval] float* OffsetSet

);

Parameter

Offset

Offset voltage level

OffsetSet

The offset voltage as set

Comments

The actual offset circuitry may be implemented in the potentiostat or in the FRA.

Not all hardware configurations have this feature. The actual DC offset voltage is

returned. If the IchOffsetEnable flag is set to FALSE, 0 will be returned. If the

hardware doesn’t support the DC offset, 0 will also be returned.

See Also

IchOffset

IchOffsetEnable

SetIchOffsetEnable

Page 139: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- IchOffsetEnable Method

126

IchOffsetEnable Method

Reports enabled/disabled state of the current channel

Definition

HRESULT

IchOffsetEnable(

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* OffsetEnable

);

Parameter

OffsetEnable

Offset state to set

VARIANT_TRUE – Offset is enabled

VARIANT_FALSE – Offset is disabled

Comments

The actual offset circuitry may be implemented in the potentiostat or in the FRA.

Not all hardware configurations have this feature. The actual DC offset voltage is

returned. If the IchOffsetEnable flag is set to FALSE, 0 will be returned. If the

hardware doesn’t support the DC offset, 0 will also be returned.

See Also

IchOffset

IchOffsetEnable

SetIchOffsetEnable

Page 140: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetIchOffsetEnable Method

127

SetIchOffsetEnable Method

Enable or Disable post potentiostat offset correction.

Definition

HRESULT

SetIchOffsetEnable(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL OffsetEnable,

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* OffsetEnableSet

);

Parameter

OffsetEnable

Enable state to set

VARIANT_TRUE – Enable

VARIANT_FALSE – Disable

OffsetEnableSet

Ich Offset enable state as set

Comments

Enable or Disable post potentiostat offset correction. This allows the DC

component of a measured voltage signal to be removed. Removal of this DC

component allows multiplication of the signal by a post gain factor (1x, 10x, 100x)

while keeping this post gain signal within the +/- 3V limit of the analog to digital

converter (ADC). The effective resistance of the I/E Resistor must be taken into

account to determine the voltage seen by the ADC for a corresponding current

level.

See Also

IchOffset

SetIchOffset

IchOffsetEnable

Page 141: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- IchFilter Method

128

IchFilter Method

Report current IchFilter setting

Definition

HRESULT

IchFilter(

[out,retval] long* Filter

);

Parameter

Filter

Filter as set

0 No Filter

1 200 kHz

2 1 kHz

3 5 Hz

Comments

This is a different filter than the I/E Filter described in the SetStability section. It

has no effect on potentiostat stability, only on the current measuring circuit’s

frequency response.

See Also

SetIchFilter

TestIchFilter

Page 142: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetIchFilter Method

129

SetIchFilter Method

Sets the 2 pole Butterworth low pass filter on the current measuring channel

Definition

HRESULT

SetIchFilter(

[in] VARIANT Filter,

[out,retval] long* FilterSet

);

Parameter

Filter

Filter is a variant that can take either a floating point number or an integer.

Floating point numbers (VT_R4, VT_R8) first perform a TestIchFilter call prior

to setting the range. The floating point number is the desired frequency.

Integer numbers (VT_I4, VT_UI4, VT_I2, VT_UI2) set the filter based on an

integer identifier. Consult your potentiostat’s operating manual for information

on the available I channel filter settings.

Filter

Filter as set

Comments

This is a different filter than the I/E Filter described in the SetStability section. It

has no effect on potentiostat stability, only on the current measuring circuit’s

frequency response.

The No Filter setting should not be used under normal circumstances. It is to be

used exclusively for AC impedance measurements beyond 100 kHz..

See Also

IchFilter

TestIchFilter

Page 143: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- TestIchFilter Method

130

TestIchFilter Method

Returns the appropriate Ich Filter given a desired frequency

Definition

HRESULT

TestIchFilter(

[in] float Frequency,

[out,retval] long* Filter

);

Parameter

Frequency

Frequency of interest in Hz

Filter

Best filter setting to use for the specified frequency. See IchFilter.

Comments

This function is automatically called by SetIchFilter is called with a frequency

passed in as the first argument.

See Also

IchFilter

SetIchFilter

Page 144: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- FindIchRange Method

131

FindIchRange Method

Attempts to find optimum current range for use during a scan.

Definition

HRESULT

FindIchRange(

[out,retval] long* IchRange

);

Parameter

IchRange

Range as determined

Comments

Acquires several current points, adjusting the current range after each point is taken.

Use this method prior to starting a scan, in order to hone in on the optimum current

range to use during the scan.

See Also

IchRange

SetIchRange

Page 145: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- MeasureI Method

132

MeasureI Method

Read the current at the cell input.

Definition

HRESULT

MeasureI(

[out,retval] float* Current

);

Parameter

Current

Current at the cell input in amps.

Comments

The full scale range on the current input will depend on the IERange selected and

the current channel range. The MeasureI method will autorange the I/E range

selection if I/E autoranging is enabled.

See Also

SetIchRange

SetIERange

SetIERangeMode

Page 146: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- AchRange Method

133

AchRange Method

Report the range of the Auxiliary A/D input.

Definition

HRESULT

AchRange(

[out,retval] long* Range

);

Parameter

Range

Voltage for 30000 counts on A/D

0 0.03 V range

1 0.30 V range

2 3.00 V range

Comments

Currently, this function performs no valid use on the PCI4, as this potentiostat has

only one Ach Range. Ranges listed are for PC5 Family potentiostats only.

See Also

SetAchRange

Page 147: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetAchRange Method

134

SetAchRange Method

Sets the range of the Auxiliary A/D input.

Definition

HRESULT

SetAchRange(

[in] VARIANT Range,

[out,retval] long* RangeSet

);

Parameter

Range

Range is a variant that can take either a floating point number or an integer.

Floating point numbers (VT_R4, VT_R8) first perform a TestAchRange call

prior to setting the range. The floating point number is the maximum

anticipated voltage (in Volts). Integer numbers (VT_I4, VT_UI4, VT_I2,

VT_UI2) set the voltage range based on an integer identifier. Consult your

potentiostat’s operating manual for information on the available I/E Range

settings.

RangeSet

AchRange as set

Comments

Not all ranges are available on specific potentiostats. Please consult your

potentiostat’s operator’s manual for information specific to your potentiostat

See Also

AchRange

TestAchRange

Page 148: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- TestAchRange Method

135

TestAchRange Method

Finds the optimum voltage range of the voltage channel.

Definition

HRESULT

TestAchRange(

[in] float Voltage,

[out,retval] long* Range

);

Parameter

Voltage

Maximum anticipated voltage

Range

Optimum voltage range for V channel

Comments

Finds the optimum voltage range of the voltage channel to maximize the resolution

of the A/D converter.

See Also

AchRange

SetAchRange

Page 149: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- TestAchRangeAC Method

136

TestAchRangeAC Method

Finds the optimum voltage range of the voltage channel.

Definition

HRESULT

TestAchRangeAC(

[in] float Voltage,

[in] float Frequency,

[out,retval] long* Range

);

Parameter

Voltage

Maximum anticipated voltage

Frequency

Measurement Frequency

Range

Optimum voltage range for V channel

Comments

Finds the optimum voltage range of the voltage channel to maximize the resolution

of the A/D converter. Takes into account a higher-than-normal measurement

frequency.

See Also

AchRange

SetAchRange

TestAchRange

Page 150: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- AchRangeMode Method

137

AchRangeMode Method

Returns the status of auto-ranging mode of the V channel.

Definition

HRESULT

AchRangeMode(

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* RangeMode

);

Parameter

RangeMode

Current state of the auto-ranging mode

VARIANT_TRUE – Auto-ranging is enabled

VARIANT_FALSE – Auto-ranging is disabled

See Also

SetAchRange

SetAchRangeMode

Page 151: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetAchRangeMode Method

138

SetAchRangeMode Method

Enable or disable current measurement auto-ranging.

Definition

HRESULT

SetAchRange(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL RangeMode,

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* RangeModeSet

);

Parameter

RangeMode

Auto-range mode to set

VARIANT_TRUE – Auto-set Mode is enabled

VARIANT_FALSE – Auto-set Mode is disabled

RangeModeSet

Ach Range mode as set

Comments

Autoranging is performed by the DTAQ in use based upon the last measurement

taken. Ranging only occurs if a higher or lower range is available.

See Also

SetAchRange

AchRangeMode

Page 152: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- AchOffset Method

139

AchOffset Method

Report the offset voltage of the voltage channel

Definition

HRESULT

AchOffset(

[out,retval] float* Offset

);

Parameter

Offset

The offset voltage

Comments

The offset voltage is subtracted using the offset DAC in front of the A/D converter.

This offset value is then added back to the measured value after the measurement is

taken. By using offsets, the channel can be set to a more sensitive range for off-

zero measurements.

See Also

SetAchOffset

AchOffsetEnable

SetAchOffsetEnable

Page 153: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetAchOffset Method

140

SetAchOffset Method

Set the DC offset voltage in the voltage channel

Definition

HRESULT

SetAchOffset(

[in] float Offset,

[out,retval] float* OffsetSet

);

Parameter

Offset

Offset voltage level

OffsetSet

The offset voltage as set

Comments

The actual offset circuitry may be implemented in the potentiostat or in the FRA.

Not all hardware configurations have this feature. The actual DC offset voltage is

returned. If the AchOffsetEnable flag is set to FALSE, 0 will be returned. If the

hardware doesn’t support the DC offset, 0 will also be returned.

See Also

AchOffset

AchOffsetEnable

SetAchOffsetEnable

Page 154: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- AchOffsetEnable Method

141

AchOffsetEnable Method

Reports enabled/disabled state of the voltage channel

Definition

HRESULT

AchOffsetEnable(

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* OffsetEnable

);

Parameter

OffsetEnable

Offset state to set

VARIANT_TRUE – Offset is enabled

VARIANT_FALSE – Offset is disabled

Comments

The actual offset circuitry may be implemented in the potentiostat or in the FRA.

Not all hardware configurations have this feature. The actual DC offset voltage is

returned. If the AchOffsetEnable flag is set to FALSE, 0 will be returned. If the

hardware doesn’t support the DC offset, 0 will also be returned.

See Also

AchOffset

AchOffsetEnable

SetAchOffsetEnable

Page 155: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetAchOffsetEnable Method

142

SetAchOffsetEnable Method

Enable or Disable post potentiostat offset correction.

Definition

HRESULT

SetAchOffsetEnable(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL OffsetEnable,

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* OffsetEnableSet

);

Parameter

OffsetEnable

Enable state to set

VARIANT_TRUE – Enable

VARIANT_FALSE – Disable

OffsetEnableSet

Ach Offset enable state as set

Comments

Enable or Disable post potentiostat offset correction. This allows the DC

component of a measured voltage signal to be removed. Removal of this DC

component allows multiplication of the signal by a post gain factor (1x, 10x, 100x)

while keeping this post gain signal within the +/- 3V limit of the analog to digital

converter (ADC).

See Also

AchOffset

SetAchOffset

AchOffsetEnable

Page 156: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- AchFilter Method

143

AchFilter Method

Report current setting of Voltage Filter

Definition

HRESULT

AchFilter(

[out,retval] long* Filter

);

Parameter

Filter

Filter as set

4 No Filter

5 200 kHz

6 1 kHz

7 5 Hz

Comments

This filter has no effect on potentiostat stability.

See Also

SetAchFilter

TestAchFilter

Page 157: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetAchFilter Method

144

SetAchFilter Method

Sets the filter on the voltage measuring channel

Definition

HRESULT

SetAchFilter(

[in] VARIANT Filter,

[out,retval] long* FilterSet

);

Parameter

Filter

Filter is a variant that can take either a floating point number or an integer.

Floating point numbers (VT_R4, VT_R8) first perform a TestAchFilter call

prior to setting the range. The floating point number is the desired frequency.

Integer numbers (VT_I4, VT_UI4, VT_I2, VT_UI2) set the voltage filter based

on an integer identifier. Consult your potentiostat’s operating manual for

information on the available V channel filter settings.

Filter

Filter as set

Comments

The No Filter setting should not be used under normal circumstances. It is to be

used exclusively for AC impedance measurements beyond 100 kHz..

See Also

AchFilter

TestAchFilter

Page 158: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- TestAchFilter Method

145

TestAchFilter Method

Returns the appropriate Ach Filter given a desired frequency

Definition

HRESULT

TestAchFilter(

[in] float Frequency,

[out,retval] long* Filter

);

Parameter

Frequency

Frequency of interest in Hz

Filter

Best filter setting to use for the specified frequency. See AchFilter.

Comments

This function is automatically called by SetAchFilter is called with a frequency

passed in as the first argument.

See Also

AchFilter

SetAchFilter

Page 159: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- FindAchRange Method

146

FindAchRange Method

Attempts to find optimum voltage range for use during a scan.

Definition

HRESULT

FindAchRange(

[out,retval] long* AchRange

);

Parameter

AchRange

Range as determined

Comments

Acquires several current points, adjusting the voltage measurement range after each

point is taken. Use this method prior to starting a scan, in order to hone in on the

optimum voltage range to use during the scan.

See Also

AchRange

SetAchRange

Page 160: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- MeasureA Method

147

MeasureA Method

Read the voltage on the potentiostats Auxiliary A/D input.

Definition

HRESULT

MeasureA(

[out,retval] float* Voltage

);

Parameter

Voltage

Auxiliary A/D input voltage

Comments

The full scale range on the Auxiliary A/D input is 3 volts. The bit resolution is

0.1 mV. You can expect about 1 bit rms noise in the reading. This noise will

average out if you take multiple readings. If you need to read a higher voltage, a

resistive voltage divider can be placed in front of the high impedance differential

input.

Page 161: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- ScanLimitAC Method

148

ScanLimitAC Method

Report the maximum RMS signal the Pstat can deliver

Definition

HRESULT

ScanLimitAC(

[out,retval] float* Limit

);

Parameter

Limit

Maximum RMS signal that can be applied

Comments

The various instruments offered by Gamry Instruments may have different AC scan

capabilities. Because of these possible differences, this function is made available

to determine what AC scan capabilities a specific instrument may have. It is

normally used when performing an impedance measurement. A ReadZ object

makes use of this function when performing an impedance measurements.

See Also

IGamryReadZ

Page 162: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- FC350VRange Method

149

FC350VRange Method

Report the voltage range of an FC350 or FCI350.

Definition

HRESULT

FC350VRange(

[out,retval] long* Range

);

Parameter

Range

Voltage Range

0 Low Range, Default (10 V)

1 High Range, Default (50V)

Comments

This function is only available on an FC350/FCI350 device.

See Also

SetFC350VRange

TestFC350VRange

Page 163: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetFC350VRange Method

150

SetFC350VRange Method

Set the voltage range of an FC350 or FCI350.

Definition

HRESULT

SetFC350VRange(

[in] VARIANT Range,

[out,retval] long* RangeSet

);

Parameter

Parameter

Range is a variant that can take either a floating point number or an integer.

Floating point numbers (VT_R4, VT_R8) first perform a TestFC350VRange

call prior to setting the range. The floating point number is the maximum

anticipated voltage (in Volts). Integer numbers (VT_I4, VT_UI4, VT_I2,

VT_UI2) set the voltage range based on an integer identifier.

0 Low Range, Default (10 V)

1 High Range, Default (50V)

Comments

This function is only available on an FC350/FCI350 device. There are two voltage

ranges on FC350 devices. The measurement scale of these ranges can vary based

upon the requirements when the system was purchased. Please consult your

hardware documentation for more information.

See Also

FC350VRange

TestFC350VRange

Page 164: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- TestFC350VRange Method

151

TestFC350VRange Method

Finds the optimum voltage range of an FC350 or FCI350.

Definition

HRESULT

TestFC350VRange(

[in] float Voltage,

[out,retval] long* Range

);

Parameter

Voltage

Maximum anticipated voltage

Range

Optimum voltage range for V channel

0 Low Range, Default (10 V)

1 High Range, Default (50V)

Comments

Finds the optimum voltage range to maximize the resolution of the A/D converter.

This function is only available on an FC350/FCI350 device.

See Also

FC350VRange

SetFC350VRange

Page 165: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- FC350VRangeMultiplier Method

152

FC350VRangeMultiplier Method

Return the current Voltage Range Multiplier (FC/FCI350 Only).

Definition

HRESULT

FC350VRangeMultiplier(

[out,retval] float* Multiplier

);

Parameter

Multiplier

Voltage Multiplier

Comments

This function is only available on an FC350/FCI350 device. The Voltage multiplier

is used to scale a value measured on the voltage channel through a FC350 device.

The multiplier is used to convert from a 10V scale (Default) to a user entered scale.

The default scales of 10V and 50V result in multipliers of -1.0 and -5.0,

respectively. The negative values take into account that there is an inversion in the

voltage channel chain.

Page 166: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- FC350IDivisor Method

153

FC350IDivisor Method

Return the current FC350 I channel divisor (FC/FCI350 Only)

Definition

HRESULT

FC350IDivisor(

[out,retval] gcFC350IDIVISOR* Divisor

);

Parameter

Divisor

Current FC350 I channel divisor

Comments

This function is only available on an FC350/FCI350 device. This function is

included for completeness, but currently, there is no practical reason for having an I

divisor other than FC350IDivisor1.

See Also

SetFC350IDivisor

Page 167: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryPstat -- SetFC350IDivisor Method

154

SetFC350IDivisor Method

Set the current FC350 I channel divisor (FC/FCI350 Only).

Definition

HRESULT

SetFC350IDIVISOR(

[in] gcFC350IDIVISOR Divisor

[out,retval] gcFC350IDIVISOR* DivisorSet

);

Parameter

Divisor

FC350 I channel divisor to set

DivisorSet

Divisor as set

Comments

This function is only available on an FC350/FCI350 device. This function is

included for completeness, but currently, there is no practical reason for having an I

divisor other than FC350IDivisor1.

See Also

FC350IDivisor

Page 168: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

_IGamryPstatEvents -- Overview

155

_IGamryPstatEvents

Overview

The _IGamryPstatEvents interface provides the event call-back functions required to

handle events issued by GamryPstat objects.

The following table summarizes the members of _IGamryPstatEvents. The methods are

described in detail in this section.

Member Description

OnPstatUnavailable The Potentiostat is no longer available for use

OnPstatClosed The Potentiostat has been closed

Page 169: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

_IGamryPstatEvents -- OnPstatUnavailable Method

156

OnPstatUnavailable Method

This function is called when the Potentiostat is no longer available. This change is

usually caused by a plug and play event such as unplugging a USB instrument.

Definition

void

OnPstatUnavailable();

Comments

This event should be monitored to insure that your application does not try to use a

device that is no longer available. When a device is no longer available, your

application should close any references to the device and notify the end user that the

device has become unavailable.

See Also

OnPstatClosed

Page 170: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

_IGamryPstatEvents -- OnPstatClosed Method

157

OnPstatClosed Method

This function is called when the Potentiostat is closed. This change event is caused by

the application making a call to Pstat.Close.

Definition

void

OnPstatClosed();

Comments

This event can be monitored when an application likes to present the current status

of a potentiostat. This status can represent whether or not the device is open or

closed.

See Also

Pstat Open

Pstat Close

OnPstatUnavailable

Page 171: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaq -- Overview

158

IGamryDtaq

Overview

The IGamryDtaq interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It enables

applications to determine information about the Gamry devices connected to the system.

Member Description

Stop Stops the currently running Dtaq

Run Run the currently selected Dtaq

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

Page 172: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaq -- Stop Method

159

Stop Method

Stops the currently running Dtaq

Definition

HRESULT

Stop();

Comments

Stop is usually called by an application which wants to prematurely end a data

acquisition. This event may be connected to a user interface object such as a stop

button. When data acquisition is completed due to a signal having no more data

points there is no need for the application to call Stop.

See Also

Run

Page 173: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaq -- Run Method

160

Run Method

Runs the currently selected Dtaq

Definition

HRESULT

Run(

[in, defaultvalue(-1)] VARIANT_BOOL AutoRun,

);

Parameter

AutoRun

Parameter Description

Comments

Comment text

See Also

Stop

Page 174: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaq -- Cook Method

161

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

The format of this array is dependent upon the specific Dtaq in use. Some of

the values that may be returned are as follows:

Value Description

Ach Measured Aux channel voltage

Idif Difference between Ifwd and Irev

Ifwd Measured forward current

Im Applied cell current

Irev Measured reverse current

Overload Hexadecimal number representing overload status

Vf Measured E vs. Eref

Vfwd Forward voltage applied

Vsig Signal sent to Control Amp

Vstep Voltage step size

Vrev Reverse voltage applied

Vu Uncompensated voltage

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Page 175: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaq -- Cook Method

162

The format for the array of data returned depends upon the actual Dtaq object used

for data acquisition.

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 176: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

_IGamryDtaqEvents -- Overview

163

_IGamryDtaqEvents

Overview

The _IGamryDtaqEvents interface provides the event call-back functions required to

handle events issued by GamryDtaq objects.

The following table summarizes the members of _IGamryDtaqEvents. The methods are

described in detail in this section.

Member Description

OnDataAvailable The Dtaq has data available for cooking

OnDataDone Data acquisition has completed

Page 177: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

_IGamryDtaqEvents -- OnDataAvailable Event

164

OnDataAvailable Event

This event is fired when a Dtaq has data available for cooking.

Definition

void

OnDataAvailable();

Comments

As data is acquired by a Dtaq, this event is fired to let the application know data has

been placed in the data acquisition queue. The application should then make a call

to Cook to retrieve this data. There may not be a one-one relationship with this

event and the acquired data points. When data is being acquired quickly, one event

may be fired even though multiple data points have been added to the queue.

Polling for data with the Cook method can be used in lieu of this event should there

be threading issues. Some applications do not allow other events to be processed

when certain user interface events are being generated. In this case, polling will

provide a smoother reception method for the data.

See Also

Cook

OnDataDone

Page 178: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

_IGamryDtaqEvents -- OnDataDone Event

165

OnDataDone Event

This event is fired when data acquisition has completed

Definition

void

OnDataDone();

Comments

When a data acquisition cycle has been completed, this event is fired. This event

signals the application that no more data will be placed in the data acquisition

queue. This event does not signify that the queue is empty, however, and a final

call to Cook should be made to process any points still in the queue.

See Also

Cook

OnDataAvailable

Page 179: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

AE Dtaq Functions -- Overview

166

AE Dtaq Functions

Overview

AE Dtaqs all implement a common set of Stop functions.

Member Description

AeSetStop functions Set stop test values

AeSetStopAtDelay

functions

Set number of delay points for stop test

AeSetThresh functions Set threshold criteria for stop tests

Page 180: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

AE Dtaq Functions -- AeSetStop Functions

167

AeSetStop Functions

Limits that, once exceeded, will skip to the next signal section, or stop if there is no

subsequent signal section.

Example Definition

HRESULT

AeSetStopVMin(

[in] long Channel,

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Channel

Channel number ranging from 1- 8. A value of zero indicates all channels.

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

See function descriptions below

Aux Electrometer Functions

AeSetStopVMin Stop if V < Value

AeSetStopVMax Stop if V > Value

AeSetStopDVMin Stop if dV/dt < Value

AeSetStopDVMax Stop if dV/dt > Value

AeSetStopADVMin Stop if abs(dV/dt) < Value

AeSetStopADVMax Stop if abs(dV/dt) > Value

Comments

The SetStopMin criteria are used to limit a negative swing for that particular

measurement. SetStopMax limits a positive swing.

Page 181: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

AE Dtaq Functions -- AeSetStopAtDelay Functions

168

AeSetStopAtDelay Functions

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Example Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayVMin(

[in] long Channel,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Channel

Channel number ranging from 1- 8. A value of zero indicates all channels.

Value

Delay for this number of points

Aux Electrometer Functions

AeSetStopAtDelayVMin

AeSetStopAtDelayVMax

AeSetStopAtDelayDVMin

AeSetStopAtDelayDVMax

AeSetStopAtDelayADVMin

AeSetStopAtDelayADVMax

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. The criterion must be met for N points

consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one point does not fall within

the criterion, the point counter will be reset.

Page 182: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

AE Dtaq Functions -- AeSetThresh Functions

169

AeSetThresh Functions

Thresholds that, once met, enable stop criteria.

Example Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshVMin(

[in] long Channel,

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Channel

Channel number ranging from 1- 8. A value of zero indicates all channels.

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

See function descriptions below

Aux Electrometer Functions

SetThreshVMin Stop if V < Value

SetThreshVMax Stop if V > Value

SetThreshIMin Stop if I < Value

SetThreshIMax Stop if I > Value

SetThreshTMin Stop if Time < Value

SetThreshTMax Stop if Time > Value

Comments

Once the threshold test is met, the Stop criteria is evaluated for the rest of the scan.

Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled. Once Stop

testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is enabled is

no longer valid.

Page 183: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIv -- Overview

170

IGamryDtaqIv

Overview

The IGamryDtaqIv interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It allows

applications to acquire Voltage and Current data for a variety of simple experiments

including controlled current and controlled potential modes.

Member Description

Init Initialize the DtaqIv object

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

Page 184: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIv -- Init Method

171

Init Method

Initialize a DtaqIv object

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Iv Dtaq will run.

Comments

This method is called to initialize a DtaqIv object. All Dtaq objects must be

initialized prior to further use.

See Also

Run

Cook

Stop

Page 185: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIv -- Cook Method

172

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 Vf VT_R4

2 Vu VT_R4

3 Im VT_R4

4 Vsig VT_R4

5 Overload VT_I4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 186: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqUniv -- Overview

173

IGamryDtaqUniv

Overview

The IGamryDtaqUniv interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It allows

applications to acquire data for a variety of simple experiments including controlled

current and controlled potential modes.

Member Description

Init Initialize the DtaqUniv object

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

Page 187: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqUniv -- Init Method

174

Init Method

Initialize a DtaqUniv object

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Univ Dtaq will run.

Comments

This method is called to initialize a DtaqUniv object. All Dtaq objects must be

initialized prior to further use.

See Also

Run

Cook

Stop

Page 188: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqUniv -- Cook Method

175

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 Vf VT_R4

2 Vu VT_R4

3 Im VT_R4

4 Vsig VT_R4

5 Ach VT_R4

6 IERange VT_I4

7 Overload VT_I4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 189: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEfm -- Overview

176

IGamryDtaqEfm

Overview

The IGamryDtaqEfm interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It allows

applications to acquire Electrochemical frequency modulation data for a specified base

frequency, harmonics, and amplitude.

Member Description

Init Initialize a DtaqEfm object

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

Page 190: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEfm -- Init Method

177

Init Method

Initialize the DtaqEfm object

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

[in] float BaseFrequency,

[in] long Harmonic1,

[in] long Harmonic2,

[in] float Amplitude,

[in] long SampPerCycle,

[in] long NumCycles

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the EIS Dtaq will run.

BaseFrequency

The Base Frequency determines the repeat time of the EFM waveform. It helps

to define the EFM waveform applied to the cell. The two frequencies

simultaneously applied to the cell will be

Frequency A = Harmonic1 * Base Frequency

and

Frequency B = Harmonic2 * Base Frequency

Harmonic1 and Harmonic2

Harmonic2 must be at least two times Harmonic1, and the two harmonics may

not share any common factors. Suitable harmonic pairs are 2 and 5 or 2 and 7.

Amplitude

This is the Amplitude of each of the two sine waves, in mV. The overall EFM

waveform amplitude will be between 1. and 2. times this number.

The Amplitude should be selected so that it is small compared to the Tafel

constants, but large enough to give a reasonable signal. For many systems 10 to

40 mV is a good starting place.

Page 191: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEfm -- Init Method

178

SampPerCycle

This is how many samples are to be taken during each cycle. A normal number

would be 256 samples.

NumCycles

This is the number of cycles of the given waveform which will be applied.

There is an inherent cycle delay of 1, so the total number of cycles will be 1

plus this number.

Comments

This method is called to initialize a DtaqEfm object. All Dtaq objects must be

initialized prior to further use.

See Also

Run

Stop

Cook

Page 192: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEfm -- Cook Method

179

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 V VT_R4

2 I VT_R4

3 Overload VT_I4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 193: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Overview

180

IGamryDtaqEis

Overview

The IGamryDtaqEis interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It allows

applications to acquire impedance data for a specified frequency and amplitude.

Member Description

Init Initialize a DtaqEis object

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

SetCycleMin Set the minimum number of cycles to run

SetCycleMax Set the maximum number of cycles to run

SetFilterOverride Set a flag which allows overriding the filter selection

Vreal Return the real component of the measured Voltage

Vimag Return the imaginary component of the measured Voltage

Vsig Standard deviation of the measured Voltage

Vdc Return the DC component of the measured Voltage

Ireal Return the real component of the measured Current

Iimag Return the imaginary component of the measured Current

Isig Standard deviation of the measured Current

Idc Return the DC component of the measured Current

Zreal Return the real component of the measured Impedance

Zimag Return the imaginary component of the measured

Impedance

Zsig Standard deviation of the measured Impedance

Zfreq Return the DC component of the measured Impedance

CycleLim Set the minimum and maximum cycles to run

Imod Return the modulus of the measured Current

Iphz Return the phase of the measured Current

Vmod Return the modulus of the measured Voltage

Vphz Return the phase of the measured Voltage

Zmod Return the modulus of the measured Impedance

Zphz Return the phase of the measured Impedance

Result Return the status of the measurement

OverIac Return the overload status of the AC Current

OverIdc Return the overload status of the DC Current

OverVac Return the overload status of the AC Voltage

OverVdc Return the overload status of the DC Voltage

Page 194: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Init Method

181

Init Method

Initialize the DtaqEis object

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

[in] float Frequency,

[in] float Amplitude,

[in] float Precision

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the EIS Dtaq will run.

Frequency

Test Frequency in Hertz. The driver may use a frequency slightly different

from the requested frequency due to rounding errors or in order to minimize

noise.

Amplitude

The RMS signal to be applied in either Volts or Amps

Precision

Requested measurement precision

Comments

This method is called to initialize a DtaqEis object. All Dtaq objects must be

initialized prior to further use. The precision is used in a Correlation Coefficient

(residual power) based test to determine whether or not to measure another cycle. If

the precision is not met, and the maximum number of cycles is not exceeded,

another cycle will be run. The precision is commonly set to 0.001.

See Also

Run

Stop

Cook

Page 195: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Cook Method

182

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 I VT_R4

1 V VT_R4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 196: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- SetCycleMin Method

183

SetCycleMin Method

Set the minimum number of cycles the EIS Dtaq can use to make its measurements

Definition

HRESULT

SetCycleMin(

[in] long CycleMin,

);

Parameter

CycleMin

Minimum number or cycles to be used in the measurement.

Comments

The first cycle which contains a startup transient distortion will not be counted.

See Also

SetCycleMin

CycleLim

Page 197: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- SetCycleMax Method

184

SetCycleMax Method

Set the maximum number of cycles the EIS Dtaq can use to make its measurements

Definition

HRESULT

SetCycleMax(

[in] long CycleMax,

);

Parameter

CycleMax

Maximum number or cycles to be used in the measurement.

Comments

The maximum number of cycles is usually set based on the frequency being

measured. Higher frequencies which take less time to measure, usually have a

larger number of cycles than lower frequencies.

See Also

SetCycleMax

CycleLim

Page 198: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- SetFilterOverride Method

185

SetFilterOverride Method

Specify whether or not to override the automatic filter selection

Definition

HRESULT

SetFilterOverride(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL FilterOverride,

);

Parameter

FilterOverride

Parameter Description

VARIANT_TRUE – Filter Override is enabled

VARIANT_FALSE – Filter Override is disabled

Comments

This function is rarely used. It allows an application to override the automatic filter

selection for the voltage and current channels. By default the filters are set based

upon the frequency being measured.

See Also

SetVchFilter

SetIchFilter

Page 199: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Vreal Method

186

Vreal Method

Returns the real portion of the AC voltage

Definition

HRESULT

Vreal(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

RMS AC Voltage in Volts

See Also

Vimag

Vsig

Vdc

Ireal

Zreal

Page 200: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Vimag Method

187

Vimag Method

Returns the imaginary portion of the AC voltage

Definition

HRESULT

Vimag(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

RMS AC Voltage in Volts

See Also

Vreal

Vsig

Vdc

Iimag

Zimag

Page 201: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Vsig Method

188

Vsig Method

Return the standard deviation of the measured voltage.

Definition

HRESULT

Vsig(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Standard deviation in volts.

See Also

Vreal

Vimag

Vdc

Ireal

Zreal

Page 202: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Vdc Method

189

Vdc Method

Return the measured DC voltage

Definition

HRESULT

Vdc(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

DC Voltage in Volts

See Also

Vreal

Vimag

Vsig

Ireal

Zreal

Page 203: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Ireal Method

190

Ireal Method

Returns the real portion of the AC current

Definition

HRESULT

Ireal(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

RMS AC current in Amps

See Also

Iimag

Isig

Idc

Vreal

Zreal

Page 204: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Iimag Method

191

Iimag Method

Returns the imaginary portion of the AC current

Definition

HRESULT

Iimag(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

RMS AC current in Amps

See Also

Ireal

Isig

Idc

Vimag

Zimag

Page 205: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Isig Method

192

Isig Method

Return the standard deviation in the measured current

Definition

HRESULT

Isig(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Value in amps.

See Also

Ireal

Iimag

Idc

Vreal

Zreal

Page 206: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Idc Method

193

Idc Method

Return the measured DC current

Definition

HRESULT

Idc(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

DC current in Amps

See Also

Ireal

Iimag

Isig

Vreal

Zreal

Page 207: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Zreal Method

194

Zreal Method

Returns the real portion of the AC impedance

Definition

HRESULT

Zreal(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

RMS AC impedance in Ohms

See Also

Zimag

Zsig

Zfreq

Vreal

Ireal

Page 208: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Zimag Method

195

Zimag Method

Returns the imaginary portion of the AC impedance

Definition

HRESULT

Zimag(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

RMS AC impedance in Ohms

See Also

Zreal

Zsig

Zfreq

Vimag

Iimag

Page 209: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Zsig Method

196

Zsig Method

Return the standard deviation of the measured impedance.

Definition

HRESULT

Zsig(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Value in ohms.

Comments

This value is set to 1.0 by default.

See Also

Zreal

Zimag

Zfreq

Vreal

Ireal

Page 210: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Zfreq Method

197

Zfreq Method

Return the measured frequency as measured

Definition

HRESULT

Zfreq(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Frequency in Hertz

See Also

Zreal

Zimag

Zsig

Vreal

Ireal

Page 211: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- CycleLim Method

198

CycleLim Method

Set the maximum and minimum number of cycles the EIS Dtaq can use to make its

measurements

Definition

HRESULT

CycleLim(

[in] long CycleMin,

[in] long CycleMax

);

Parameter

CycleMin

Minimum number of cycles to be used in the measurement

CycleMax

Maximum number of cycles to be used in the measurement

Comments

The first cycle which contains a startup transient distortion will not be counted.

This function is available simply to allow setting the minimum and maximum

number of cycles in a single call.

See Also

SetCycleMin

SetCycleMax

Page 212: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Imod Method

199

Imod Method

Return the modulus of the AC current

Definition

HRESULT

Imod(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

RMS Magnitude of AC current in Amps

See Also

Vmod

Zmod

Page 213: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Iphz Method

200

Iphz Method

Return the phase of the AC current

Definition

HRESULT

Iphz(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Phase of AC current in Degrees

See Also

Vphz

Zphz

Page 214: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Vmod Method

201

Vmod Method

Return the modulus (magnitude) of the AC voltage

Definition

HRESULT

Vmod(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

RMS Magnitude of AC voltage in Volts

See Also

Imod

Zmod

Page 215: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Vphz Method

202

Vphz Method

Return the phase of the AC voltage

Definition

HRESULT

Vphz(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Phase of AC voltage in Degrees

See Also

Iphz

Zphz

Page 216: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Zmod Method

203

Zmod Method

Return the modulus (magnitude) of the AC impedance

Definition

HRESULT

Zmod(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

RMS Magnitude of AC impedance in Ohms

See Also

Vmod

Imod

Page 217: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Zphz Method

204

Zphz Method

Return the phase of the AC impedance

Definition

HRESULT

Zphz(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Phase of AC impedance in Degrees

See Also

Vphz

Iphz

Page 218: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- Result Method

205

Result Method

Return the measurement status of the DtaqEis object

Definition

HRESULT

Result(

[out,retval] short* Result

);

Parameter

Result

DtaqEISStatusInvalid=0

DtaqEISStatusDelay=1

DtaqEISStatusMeasuring=2

DtaqEISStatusMeasOk=3

DtaqEISStatusCommErr=4

DtaqEISStatusTimeout=5

DtaqEISStatusCycleLim=6

DtaqEISStatusControl=7

DtaqEISStatusOverrun=8

DtaqEISStatusOverrange=9

DtaqEISStatusOverrunQ=10

Comments

The result of the DtaqEis object should be checked once the DataDone event has

been fired. The result will then let the application determine whether or not the

result measurement was successful. A successful result (DtaqEISStatusMeasOk)

does not symbolize that the measured value is good, just that a measurement was

able to be taken. A result of DtaqEISStatusCycleLim is returned when the

maximum number of cycles have been run and the precision has not yet been met.

Other results usually indicate some error in the measurement.

See Also

_IGamryDtaqEvents::OnDataDone

Page 219: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- OverIac Method

206

OverIac Method

Return the current overload status

Definition

HRESULT

OverIac(

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* Result

);

Parameter

Result

AC overload status of the current signal

VARIANT_TRUE – Overload

VARIANT_FALSE – No Overload

Comments

If the signal conditioning and/or analysis circuitry is overloaded both for maximum

peak and minimum peak current, this function will return VARIANT_TRUE,

indicating the need for a correction of the current range.

See Also

OverIdc

OverVac

OverVdc

Page 220: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- OverIdc Method

207

OverIdc Method

Return the current overload status

Definition

HRESULT

OverIdc(

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* Result

);

Parameter

Result

DC overload status of the current signal

VARIANT_TRUE – Overload

VARIANT_FALSE – No Overload

Comments

If the signal conditioning and/or analysis circuitry is overloaded on either maximum

or minimum current but not both, this function will return VARIANT_TRUE.

See Also

OverIac

OverVac

OverVdc

Page 221: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- OverVac Method

208

OverVac Method

Return the voltage overload status

Definition

HRESULT

OverVac(

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* Result

);

Parameter

Result

AC overload status of the voltage signal

VARIANT_TRUE – Overload

VARIANT_FALSE – No Overload

Comments

If the signal conditioning and/or analysis circuitry is overloaded both for maximum

peak and minimum peak voltage, this function will return VARIANT_TRUE,

indicating the need for a correction of the voltage range.

See Also

OverVdc

OverIac

OverIdc

Page 222: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEis -- OverVdc Method

209

OverVdc Method

Return the voltage overload status

Definition

HRESULT

OverVdc(

[out,retval] VARIANT_BOOL* Result

);

Parameter

Result

DC overload status of the voltage signal

VARIANT_TRUE – Overload

VARIANT_FALSE – No Overload

Comments

If the signal conditioning and/or analysis circuitry is overloaded on either maximum

or minimum voltage but not both, this function will return VARIANT_TRUE.

See Also

OverVac

OverIac

OverIdc

Page 223: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEisAe -- Overview

210

IGamryDtaqEisAe

Overview

The IGamryDtaqEisAe interface is functionally identical to the IGamryDtaqEis interface.

The Cook method returns additional data from the Auxilliary Electrometer, if available

on the Potentiostat.

See IGamryDtaqEis and AE Stop Functions for documentation on all other functionality.

Member Description

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

Page 224: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqEisAe -- Cook Method

211

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 I VT_R4

1 V VT_R4

2-9 Voltage on AE Channels 1-8 VT_R4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 225: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- Overview

212

IGamryDtaqCpiv

Overview

The IGamryDtaqCpiv interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It allows

applications to acquire data for standard controlled potential experiments.

Member Description

Init Initialize a DtaqCpiv object

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

SetThreshIMin Set Imin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshIMax Set Imax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshVMin Set Vmin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshVMax Set Vmax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshTMin Set Tmin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshTMax Set Tmax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetStopIMin Set Imin stop test value

SetStopIMax Set Imax stop test value

SetStopDIMin Set DIMin stop test value

SetStopDIMax Set DIMax stop test value

SetStopADIMin Set absolute value DIMin stop test value

SetStopADIMax Set absolute value DIMax stop test value

SetStopAtDelayIMin Set number of delay points for Imin stop test

SetStopAtDelayIMax Set number of delay points for Imax stop test

SetStopAtDelayDIMin Set number of delay points for DImin stop test

SetStopAtDelayDIMax Set number of delay points for DImax stop test

SetStopAtDelayADIMin Set number of delay points for ADImin stop test

SetStopAtDelayADIMax Set number of delay points for ADImax stop test

Page 226: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- Init Method

213

Init Method

Initialize the DtaqCpiv object.

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Cpiv Dtaq will run.

Comments

This method is called to initialize a DtaqCpiv object. All Dtaq objects must be

initialized prior to further use.

See Also

Run

Cook

Stop

Page 227: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- Cook Method

214

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 Vf VT_R4

2 Vu VT_R4

3 Im VT_R4

4 Vsig VT_R4

5 Ach VT_R4

6 IERange VT_I4

7 Overload VT_I4

8 StopTest VT_I4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 228: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- SetThreshIMin Method

215

SetThreshIMin Method

Current minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshIMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if I < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 229: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- SetThreshIMax Method

216

SetThreshIMax Method

Current maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshIMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if I > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 230: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- SetThreshVMin Method

217

SetThreshVMin Method

Voltage minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshVMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if V < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 231: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- SetThreshVMax Method

218

SetThreshVMax Method

Voltage maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshVMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if V > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 232: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- SetThreshTMin Method

219

SetThreshTMin Method

Time minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshTMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if T < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 233: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- SetThreshTMax Method

220

SetThreshTMax Method

Time maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshTMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if T > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 234: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- SetStopIMin Method

221

SetStopIMin Method

Current minimum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopIMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if I < Value

Comments

The SetStopIMin criterion is used to limit a negative current swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 235: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- SetStopIMax Method

222

SetStopIMax Method

Current maximum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopIMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if I > Value

Comments

The SetStopIMax criterion is used to limit a positive current swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 236: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- SetStopDIMin Method

223

SetStopDIMin Method

Change in current limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopDIMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if dI/dt < Value

Comments

Signed version of SetStopADIMin

See Also

SetStopADIMin

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 237: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- SetStopDIMax Method

224

SetStopDIMax Method

Change in current limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopDIMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if dI/dt > Value

Comments

Signed version of SetStopADIMax

See Also

SetStopADIMax

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 238: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- SetStopADIMin Method

225

SetStopADIMin Method

Change in current limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopADIMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if abs(dI/dt) < Value

Comments

The SetStopADIMin criterion is used run a sample until it shows stable behavior.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 239: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- SetStopADIMax Method

226

SetStopADIMax Method

Change in current limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopADIMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if abs(dI/dt) > Value

Comments

The SetStopADIMax criterion limits the rate of change in current.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 240: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- SetStopAtDelayIMin Method

227

SetStopAtDelayIMin Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayIMin(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as I < Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset. For slope

tests, such as dI/dt < Limit, the slope will be evaluated over N points.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 241: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- SetStopAtDelayIMax Method

228

SetStopAtDelayIMax Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayIMax(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as I > Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset. For slope

tests, such as dI/dt > Limit, the slope will be evaluated over N points.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 242: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- SetStopAtDelayDIMin Method

229

SetStopAtDelayDIMin Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayDIMin(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as I < Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset. For slope

tests, such as dI/dt < Limit, the slope will be evaluated over N points.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 243: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- SetStopAtDelayDIMax Method

230

SetStopAtDelayDIMax Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayDIMax(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as I > Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset. For slope

tests, such as dI/dt > Limit, the slope will be evaluated over N points.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 244: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- SetStopAtDelayADIMin Method

231

SetStopAtDelayADIMin Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayADIMin(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as I < Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset. For slope

tests, such as dI/dt < Limit, the slope will be evaluated over N points.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 245: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpiv -- SetStopAtDelayADIMax Method

232

SetStopAtDelayADIMax Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayADIMax(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as I > Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset. For slope

tests, such as dI/dt > Limit, the slope will be evaluated over N points.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 246: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpivAe -- Overview

233

IGamryDtaqCpivAe

Overview

The IGamryDtaqCpivAe interface is functionally identical to the IGamryDtaqCpiv

interface. The Cook method returns additional data from the Auxilliary Electrometer, if

available on the Potentiostat.

See IGamryDtaqCpiv and AE Stop Functions for documentation on all other

functionality.

Member Description

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

Page 247: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCpivAe -- Cook Method

234

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 Vf VT_R4

2 Vu VT_R4

3 Im VT_R4

4 Vsig VT_R4

5 Ach VT_R4

6 IERange VT_I4

7 Overload VT_I4

8 StopTest VT_I4

9-16 Voltage on AE Channels 1-8 VT_R4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 248: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- Overview

235

IGamryDtaqCiiv

Overview

The IGamryDtaqCiiv interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It allows

applications to acquire data for standard controlled current experiments.

Member Description

Init Initialize a DtaqCiiv object

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

SetThreshIMin Set Imin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshIMax Set Imax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshVMin Set Vmin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshVMax Set Vmax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshTMin Set Tmin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshTMax Set Tmax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetStopVMin Set Vmin stop test value

SetStopVMax Set Vmax stop test value

SetStopDVMin Set DVMin stop test value

SetStopDVMax Set DVMax stop test value

SetStopADVMin Set absolute value DVMin stop test value

SetStopADVMax Set absolute value DVMax stop test value

SetStopAtDelayVMin Set number of delay points for Vmin stop test

SetStopAtDelayVMax Set number of delay points for Vmax stop test

SetStopAtDelayDVMin Set number of delay points for DVmin stop test

SetStopAtDelayDVMax Set number of delay points for DVmax stop test

SetStopAtDelayADVMin Set number of delay points for ADVmin stop test

SetStopAtDelayADVMax Set number of delay points for ADVmax stop test

Page 249: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- Init Method

236

Init Method

Initialize the DtaqCiiv object

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Ciiv Dtaq will run.

Comments

This method is called to initialize a DtaqCiiv object. All Dtaq objects must be

initialized prior to further use.

See Also

Run

Cook

Stop

Page 250: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- Cook Method

237

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 Vf VT_R4

2 Vu VT_R4

3 Im VT_R4

4 Vsig VT_R4

5 Ach VT_R4

6 IERange VT_I4

7 Overload VT_I4

8 StopTest VT_I4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 251: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- SetThreshIMin Method

238

SetThreshIMin Method

Current minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshIMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if I < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 252: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- SetThreshIMax Method

239

SetThreshIMax Method

Current maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshIMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if I > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 253: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- SetThreshVMin Method

240

SetThreshVMin Method

Voltage minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshVMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if V < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 254: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- SetThreshVMax Method

241

SetThreshVMax Method

Voltage maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshVMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if V > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 255: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- SetThreshTMin Method

242

SetThreshTMin Method

Time minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshTMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if T < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 256: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- SetThreshTMax Method

243

SetThreshTMax Method

Time maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshTMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if T > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 257: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- SetStopVMin Method

244

SetStopVMin Method

Voltage minimum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopVMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if E < Value

Comments

The SetStopVMin criterion is used to limit a negative voltage swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 258: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- SetStopVMax Method

245

SetStopVMax Method

Voltage maximum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopVMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if E > Value

Comments

The SetStopVMax criterion is used to limit a positive voltage swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 259: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- SetStopDVMin Method

246

SetStopDVMin Method

Change in voltage limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopDVMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if dE/dt < Value

Comments

Signed version of SetStopADVMin

See Also

SetStopADIMin

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 260: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- SetStopDVMax Method

247

SetStopDVMax Method

Change in voltage limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopDVMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if dE/dt > Value

Comments

Signed version of SetStopADVMax

See Also

SetStopADIMax

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 261: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- SetStopADVMin Method

248

SetStopADVMin Method

Change in voltage limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopADVMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if abs(dE/dt) < Value

Comments

The SetStopADVMin criterion is used run a sample until it shows stable behavior.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 262: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- SetStopADVMax Method

249

SetStopADVMax Method

Change in voltage limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopADVMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if abs(dE/dt) > Value

Comments

The SetStopADIMax criterion limits the rate of change in voltage.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 263: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- SetStopAtDelayVMin Method

250

SetStopAtDelayVMin Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayVMin(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as E < Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset. For slope

tests, such as dE/dt < Limit, the slope will be evaluated over N points.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 264: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- SetStopAtDelayVMax Method

251

SetStopAtDelayVMax Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayVMax(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as E > Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset. For slope

tests, such as dE/dt > Limit, the slope will be evaluated over N points.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 265: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- SetStopAtDelayDVMin Method

252

SetStopAtDelayDVMin Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayDVMin(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as E < Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset. For slope

tests, such as dE/dt < Limit, the slope will be evaluated over N points.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 266: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- SetStopAtDelayDVMax Method

253

SetStopAtDelayDVMax Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayDVMax(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as E > Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset. For slope

tests, such as dE/dt > Limit, the slope will be evaluated over N points.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 267: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- SetStopAtDelayADVMin Method

254

SetStopAtDelayADVMin Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayADVMin(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as E < Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset. For slope

tests, such as dE/dt < Limit, the slope will be evaluated over N points.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 268: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiiv -- SetStopAtDelayADVMax Method

255

SetStopAtDelayADVMax Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayADVMax(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as E > Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset. For slope

tests, such as dE/dt > Limit, the slope will be evaluated over N points.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 269: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiivAe -- Overview

256

IGamryDtaqCiivAe

Overview

The IGamryDtaqCiivAe interface is functionally identical to the IGamryDtaqCiiv

interface. The Cook method returns additional data from the Auxilliary Electrometer, if

available on the Potentiostat.

See IGamryDtaqCiiv and AE Stop Functions for documentation on all other

functionality.

Member Description

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

Page 270: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqCiivAe -- Cook Method

257

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 Vf VT_R4

2 Vu VT_R4

3 Im VT_R4

4 Vsig VT_R4

5 Ach VT_R4

6 IERange VT_I4

7 Overload VT_I4

8 StopTest VT_I4

9-16 Voltage on AE Channels 1-8 VT_R4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 271: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqChrono -- Overview

258

IGamryDtaqChrono

Overview

The IGamryDtaqChrono interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It allows

applications to acquire data for Chronoamperometry, Chronopotentiometry, and

Chronocoulometry experiments.

Member Description

Init Initialize a DtaqCiiv object

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

SetThreshIMin Set Imin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshIMax Set Imax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshVMin Set Vmin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshVMax Set Vmax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshTMin Set Tmin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshTMax Set Tmax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetStopXMin Set Xmin stop test value (X varies by chrono type)

SetStopXMax Set Xmax stop test value (X varies by chrono type)

SetStopAtDelayXMin Set number of delay points for Xmin stop test

SetStopAtDelayXMax Set number of delay points for Xmax stop test

SetDecimation Enable decimation for longer run-time experiments

Page 272: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqChrono -- Init Method

259

Init Method

Initialize a DtaqChrono object

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

[in] gcDTAQCHRONO_TYPE Type

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Chrono Dtaq will run.

Type

Mode for Chrono Dtaq

ChronoAmp ChronoAmperometry Mode

ChronoCoul ChornoCoulometry Mode

ChronoPot ChronoPotentiometry Mode

Comments

The Type is used to control the mode in which the Dtaq will process the raw data.

When the ChornoAmperometry or ChornoCoulometry Dtaqs are run, the

potentiostat must be in Potentiostatic mode. When the ChronoPotentiometry Dtaq

is run, the potentiostat must be in Galvanostatic mode.

See Also

Run

Cook

Stop

Page 273: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqChrono -- Cook Method

260

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 Vf VT_R4

2 Vu VT_R4

3 Im VT_R4

4 Q VT_R4

5 Vsig VT_R4

6 Ach VT_R4

7 IERange VT_I4

8 Overload VT_I4

9 StopTest VT_I4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 274: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqChrono -- SetThreshIMin Method

261

SetThreshIMin Method

Current minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshIMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if I < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 275: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqChrono -- SetThreshIMax Method

262

SetThreshIMax Method

Current maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshIMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if I > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 276: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqChrono -- SetThreshVMin Method

263

SetThreshVMin Method

Voltage minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshVMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if V < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 277: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqChrono -- SetThreshVMax Method

264

SetThreshVMax Method

Voltage maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshVMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if V > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 278: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqChrono -- SetThreshTMin Method

265

SetThreshTMin Method

Time minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshTMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if T < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 279: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqChrono -- SetThreshTMax Method

266

SetThreshTMax Method

Time maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshTMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if T > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 280: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqChrono -- SetStopXMin Method

267

SetStopXMin Method

Current, Charge, or Voltage minimum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data

acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopXMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Depending on mode, terminate if I, Q, or V < Value

Comments

The SetStopXMin criterion is used to limit a negative current, charge, or voltage

swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 281: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqChrono -- SetStopXMax Method

268

SetStopXMax Method

Current, Charge, or Voltage maximum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data

acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopXMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Depending on mode, terminate if I, Q, or V > Value

Comments

The SetStopXMax criterion is used to limit a positive current, charge, or voltage

swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 282: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqChrono -- SetStopAtDelayXMin Method

269

SetStopAtDelayXMin Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayXMin(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as I, Q, or V < Limit, the

criterion must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be

accepted. If one point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be

reset.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 283: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqChrono -- SetStopAtDelayXMax Method

270

SetStopAtDelayXMax Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayXMin(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as I, Q, or V > Limit, the

criterion must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be

accepted. If one point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be

reset.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 284: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqChrono -- SetDecimation Method

271

SetDecimation Method

Used to allow for a log-time display during the Chrono experiment.

Definition

HRESULT

SetDecimation(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in,defaultvalue(50)] long PreStepPts,

[in,defaultvalue(50)] long UndecStepPts

);

Parameter

Enable

VARIANT_TRUE

VAIRANT_FALSE

PreStepPts

The number of data points to show in an undecimated format prior to the step.

UndecStepPts

The number of data points to show in an undecimated format after the step

Comments

This method, when enabled, allows for longer experiments with fewer points, but

still acquires data quickly around each step.

Page 285: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqGalv -- Overview

272

IGamryDtaqGalv

Overview

The IGamryDtaqGalv interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It allows

applications to acquire data for galvanic corrosion experiments.

Member Description

Init Initialize a DtaqGalv object

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

SetThreshIMin Set Imin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshIMax Set Imax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshVMin Set Vmin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshVMax Set Vmax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshTMin Set Tmin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshTMax Set Tmax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetStopIMin Set Imin stop test value

SetStopIMax Set Imax stop test value

SetStopVMin Set Vmin stop test value

SetStopVMax Set Vmax stop test value

SetStopAtDelayIMin Set number of delay points for Imin stop test

SetStopAtDelayIMax Set number of delay points for Imax stop test

SetStopAtDelayVMin Set number of delay points for Vmin stop test

SetStopAtDelayVMax Set number of delay points for Vmax stop test

Page 286: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqGalv -- Init Method

273

Init Method

Initialize the DtaqGalv object.

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Galv Dtaq will run.

Comments

This method is called to initialize a DtaqGalv object. All Dtaq objects must be

initialized prior to further use.

See Also

Run

Cook

Stop

Page 287: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqGalv -- Cook Method

274

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 Vf VT_R4

2 Vu VT_R4

3 Im VT_R4

4 Vsig VT_R4

5 Ach VT_R4

6 IERange VT_I4

7 Overload VT_I4

8 StopTest VT_I4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 288: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqGalv -- SetThreshIMin Method

275

SetThreshIMin Method

Current minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshIMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if I < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 289: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqGalv -- SetThreshIMax Method

276

SetThreshIMax Method

Current maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshIMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if I > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 290: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqGalv -- SetThreshVMin Method

277

SetThreshVMin Method

Voltage minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshVMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if V < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 291: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqGalv -- SetThreshVMax Method

278

SetThreshVMax Method

Voltage maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshVMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if V > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 292: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqGalv -- SetThreshTMin Method

279

SetThreshTMin Method

Time minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshTMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if T < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 293: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqGalv -- SetThreshTMax Method

280

SetThreshTMax Method

Time maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshTMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if T > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 294: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqGalv -- SetStopIMin Method

281

SetStopIMin Method

Current minimum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopIMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if I < Value

Comments

The SetStopIMin criterion is used to limit a negative current swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 295: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqGalv -- SetStopIMax Method

282

SetStopIMax Method

Current maximum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopIMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if I > Value

Comments

The SetStopIMax criterion is used to limit a positive current swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 296: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqGalv -- SetStopVMin Method

283

SetStopVMin Method

Voltage minimum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopVMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if E < Value

Comments

The SetStopVMin criterion is used to limit a negative voltage swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 297: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqGalv -- SetStopVMax Method

284

SetStopVMax Method

Voltage maximum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopVMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if E > Value

Comments

The SetStopVMax criterion is used to limit a positive voltage swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 298: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqGalv -- SetStopAtDelayIMin Method

285

SetStopAtDelayIMin Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayIMin(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as I < Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset. For slope

tests, such as dI/dt < Limit, the slope will be evaluated over N points.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 299: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqGalv -- SetStopAtDelayIMax Method

286

SetStopAtDelayIMax Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayIMax(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as I > Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset. For slope

tests, such as dI/dt > Limit, the slope will be evaluated over N points.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 300: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqGalv -- SetStopAtDelayVMin Method

287

SetStopAtDelayVMin Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayVMin(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as E < Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset. For slope

tests, such as dE/dt < Limit, the slope will be evaluated over N points.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 301: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqGalv -- SetStopAtDelayVMax Method

288

SetStopAtDelayVMax Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayVMax(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as E > Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset. For slope

tests, such as dE/dt > Limit, the slope will be evaluated over N points.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 302: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- Overview

289

IGamryDtaqIvt

Overview

The IGamryDtaqIvt interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It allows

applications to acquire generic current and voltage data.

Member Description

Init Initialize the DtaqIvt object

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

SetThreshIMin Set Imin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshIMax Set Imax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshVMin Set Vmin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshVMax Set Vmax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshAMin Set Amin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshAMax Set Amax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetStopIMin Set Imin stop test value

SetStopIMax Set Imax stop test value

SetStopVMin Set Vmin stop test value

SetStopVMax Set Vmax stop test value

SetStopAMin Set Amin stop test value

SetStopAMax Set Amax stop test value

SetStopAtDelayIMin Set number of delay points for Imin stop test

SetStopAtDelayIMax Set number of delay points for Imax stop test

SetStopAtDelayVMin Set number of delay points for Vmin stop test

SetStopAtDelayVMax Set number of delay points for Vmax stop test

SetStopAtDelayAMin Set number of delay points for Amin stop test

SetStopAtDelayAMax Set number of delay points for Amax stop test

Page 303: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- Init Method

290

Init Method

Initialize the DtaqIvt object.

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Ivt Dtaq will run.

Comments

This method is called to initialize a DtaqIvt object. All Dtaq objects must be

initialized prior to further use.

See Also

Run

Cook

Stop

Page 304: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- Cook Method

291

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 Vf VT_R4

2 Vu VT_R4

3 Im VT_R4

4 Vsig VT_R4

5 Ach VT_R4

6 IERange VT_I4

7 Overload VT_I4

8 StopTest VT_I4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 305: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- SetThreshIMin Method

292

SetThreshIMin Method

Current minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshIMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if I < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 306: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- SetThreshIMax Method

293

SetThreshIMax Method

Current maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshIMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if I > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 307: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- SetThreshVMin Method

294

SetThreshVMin Method

Voltage minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshVMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if V < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 308: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- SetThreshVMax Method

295

SetThreshVMax Method

Voltage maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshVMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if V > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 309: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- SetThreshAMin Method

296

SetThreshAMin Method

Auxiliary voltage minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshAMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if Aux V < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 310: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- SetThreshAMax Method

297

SetThreshAMax Method

Auxiliary voltage maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshAMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if Aux V > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 311: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- SetStopIMin Method

298

SetStopIMin Method

Current minimum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopIMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if I < Value

Comments

The SetStopIMin criterion is used to limit a negative current swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 312: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- SetStopIMax Method

299

SetStopIMax Method

Current maximum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopIMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if I > Value

Comments

The SetStopIMax criterion is used to limit a positive current swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 313: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- SetStopVMin Method

300

SetStopVMin Method

Voltage minimum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopVMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if E < Value

Comments

The SetStopVMin criterion is used to limit a negative voltage swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 314: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- SetStopVMax Method

301

SetStopVMax Method

Voltage maximum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopVMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if E > Value

Comments

The SetStopVMax criterion is used to limit a positive voltage swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 315: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- SetStopAMin Method

302

SetStopAMin Method

Auxiliary voltage minimum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if Aux V < Value

Comments

The SetStopAMin criterion is used to limit a negative voltage swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 316: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- SetStopAMax Method

303

SetStopAMax Method

Auxiliary voltage maximum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if Aux V > Value

Comments

The SetStopAMax criterion is used to limit a positive voltage swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 317: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- SetStopAtDelayIMin Method

304

SetStopAtDelayIMin Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayIMin(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as I < Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 318: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- SetStopAtDelayIMax Method

305

SetStopAtDelayIMax Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayIMax(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as I > Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 319: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- SetStopAtDelayVMin Method

306

SetStopAtDelayVMin Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayVMin(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as E < Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 320: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- SetStopAtDelayVMax Method

307

SetStopAtDelayVMax Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayVMax(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as E > Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 321: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- SetStopAtDelayAMin Method

308

SetStopAtDelayAMin Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayAMin(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as Aux V < Limit, the

criterion must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be

accepted. If one point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be

reset.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 322: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvt -- SetStopAtDelayAMax Method

309

SetStopAtDelayAMax Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayAMax(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as Aux V > Limit, the

criterion must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be

accepted. If one point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be

reset.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 323: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvtAe -- Overview

310

IGamryDtaqIvtAe

Overview

The IGamryDtaqIvtAe interface is functionally identical to the IGamryDtaqIvt interface.

The Cook method returns additional data from the Auxilliary Electrometer, if available

on the Potentiostat.

See IGamryDtaqIvt and AE Stop Functions for documentation on all other functionality.

Member Description

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

Page 324: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqIvtAe -- Cook Method

311

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 Vf VT_R4

2 Vu VT_R4

3 Im VT_R4

4 Vsig VT_R4

5 Ach VT_R4

6 IERange VT_I4

7 Overload VT_I4

8 Stop Test VT_I4

9-16 Voltage on AE Channels 1-8 VT_R4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 325: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqOcv -- Overview

312

IGamryDtaqOcv

Overview

The IGamryDtaqOcv interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It allows

applications to acquire data for open circuit experiments.

Member Description

Init Initialize the DtaqOcv object

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

SetStopADVMin Set ADVmin stop test value

SetStopADVMax Set ADVmax stop test value

Page 326: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqOcv -- Init Method

313

Init Method

Initialize the DtaqOcv object.

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Ocv Dtaq will run.

Comments

This method is called to initialize a DtaqOcv object. All Dtaq objects must be

initialized prior to further use. This Dtaq is commonly used to perform open circuit

measurements. The cell state for the potentiostat should be left in the off position.

See Also

Run

Cook

Stop

Page 327: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqOcv -- Cook Method

314

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 Vf VT_R4

2 Vm VT_R4

3 Vsig VT_R4

4 Ach VT_R4

5 Overload VT_I4

6 StopTest VT_I4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 328: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqOcv -- SetStopADVMin Method

315

SetStopADVMin Method

Change in voltage limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopADVMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if abs(dE/dt) < Value

Comments

The SetStopADVMin criterion is used run a sample until it shows stable behavior.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 329: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqOcv -- SetStopADVMax Method

316

SetStopADVMax Method

Change in voltage limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopADVMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if abs(dE/dt) > Value

Comments

The SetStopADIMax criterion limits the rate of change in voltage.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 330: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqOcvAe -- Overview

317

IGamryDtaqOcvAe

Overview

The IGamryDtaqOcvAe interface is functionally identical to the IGamryDtaqOcv

interface. The Cook method returns additional data from the Auxilliary Electrometer, if

available on the Potentiostat.

See IGamryDtaqOcv and AE Stop Functions for documentation on all other functionality.

Member Description

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

Page 331: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqOcvAe -- Cook Method

318

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 Vf VT_R4

2 Vm VT_R4

3 Vsig VT_R4

4 Ach VT_R4

5 Overload VT_I4

6 Stop Test VT_I4

7-14 Voltage on AE Channels 1-8 VT_R4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 332: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPv -- Overview

319

IGamryDtaqPv

Overview

The IGamryDtaqPv interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It allows

applications to acquire data for pulse voltammetry experiments.

Member Description

Init Initialize the DtaqPv object

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

SetThreshIMin Set Imin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshIMax Set Imax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshVMin Set Vmin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshVMax Set Vmax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshTMin Set Tmin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshTMax Set Tmax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetStopIMin Set Imin stop test value

SetStopIMax Set Imax stop test value

SetStopVMin Set Vmin stop test value

SetStopVMax Set Vmax stop test value

SetStopAtDelayIMin Set number of delay points for Imin stop test

SetStopAtDelayIMax Set number of delay points for Imax stop test

SetStopAtDelayVMin Set number of delay points for Vmin stop test

SetStopAtDelayVMax Set number of delay points for Vmax stop test

SetReverseDifference Change the difference current calculation.

Page 333: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPv -- Init Method

320

Init Method

Initialize the DtaqPv object

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Pv Dtaq will run.

Comments

This method is called to initialize a DtaqPv object. All Dtaq objects must be

initialized prior to further use. This Dtaq is commonly used to perform pulse

voltammetry experiments.

See Also

Run

Cook

Stop

Page 334: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPv -- Cook Method

321

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 Vstep VT_R4

2 Vfwd VT_R4

3 Vrev VT_R4

4 Ifwd VT_R4

5 Irev VT_R4

6 Idif VT_R4

7 Vsig VT_R4

8 Ach VT_R4

9 IERange VT_I4

10 Overload VT_I4

11 StopTest VT_I4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 335: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPv -- SetThreshIMin Method

322

SetThreshIMin Method

Current minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshIMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if I < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 336: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPv -- SetThreshIMax Method

323

SetThreshIMax Method

Current maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshIMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if I > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 337: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPv -- SetThreshVMin Method

324

SetThreshVMin Method

Voltage minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshVMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if V < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 338: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPv -- SetThreshVMax Method

325

SetThreshVMax Method

Voltage maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshVMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if V > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 339: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPv -- SetThreshTMin Method

326

SetThreshTMin Method

Time minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshTMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if T < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 340: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPv -- SetThreshTMax Method

327

SetThreshTMax Method

Time maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshTMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if T > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 341: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPv -- SetStopIMin Method

328

SetStopIMin Method

Current minimum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopIMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if I < Value

Comments

The SetStopIMin criterion is used to limit a negative current swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 342: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPv -- SetStopIMax Method

329

SetStopIMax Method

Current maximum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopIMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if I > Value

Comments

The SetStopIMax criterion is used to limit a positive current swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 343: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPv -- SetStopVMin Method

330

SetStopVMin Method

Voltage minimum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopVMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if E < Value

Comments

The SetStopVMin criterion is used to limit a negative voltage swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 344: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPv -- SetStopVMax Method

331

SetStopVMax Method

Voltage maximum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopVMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if E > Value

Comments

The SetStopVMax criterion is used to limit a positive voltage swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 345: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPv -- SetStopAtDelayIMin Method

332

SetStopAtDelayIMin Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayIMin(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as I < Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 346: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPv -- SetStopAtDelayIMax Method

333

SetStopAtDelayIMax Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayIMax(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as I > Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 347: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPv -- SetStopAtDelayVMin Method

334

SetStopAtDelayVMin Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayVMin(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as E < Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 348: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPv -- SetStopAtDelayVMax Method

335

SetStopAtDelayVMax Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayVMax(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as E > Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 349: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPv -- SetReverseDifference Method

336

SetReverseDifference Method

Changes the method in which the difference current is calculated.

Definition

HRESULT

SetReverseDifference(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Reverse,

);

Parameter

Reverse

VARIANT_TRUE means that Idifference is calculated using Irev-Ifwd.

VARIANT_FALSE means that Idifference is calculated using Ifwd-Irev.

Comments

Different pulse voltammetry techniques or research groups may require a change in

the way the different current is calculated.

Page 350: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqRcv -- Overview

337

IGamryDtaqRcv

Overview

The IGamryDtaqRcv interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It allows

application to acquire data for cyclic voltammetry experiments

Member Description

Init Initialize the DtaqRcv object

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

SetThreshIMin Set Imin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshIMax Set Imax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshVMin Set Vmin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshVMax Set Vmax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshTMin Set Tmin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshTMax Set Tmax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetStopIMin Set Imin stop test value

SetStopIMax Set Imax stop test value

SetStopAtDelayIMin Set number of delay points for Imin stop test

SetStopAtDelayIMax Set number of delay points for Imax stop test

Page 351: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqRcv -- Init Method

338

Init Method

Initialize the DtaqRcv object.

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Rcv Dtaq will run.

Comments

This method is called to initialize a DtaqPv object. All Dtaq objects must be

initialized prior to further use.

See Also

Run

Cook

Stop

Page 352: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqRcv -- Cook Method

339

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 Vf VT_R4

2 Vu VT_R4

3 Im VT_R4

4 Vsig VT_R4

5 Ach VT_R4

6 IERange VT_I4

7 Overload VT_I4

8 StopTest VT_I4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 353: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqRcv -- SetThreshIMin Method

340

SetThreshIMin Method

Current minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshIMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if I < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 354: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqRcv -- SetThreshIMax Method

341

SetThreshIMax Method

Current maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshIMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if I > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 355: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqRcv -- SetThreshVMin Method

342

SetThreshVMin Method

Voltage minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshVMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if V < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 356: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqRcv -- SetThreshVMax Method

343

SetThreshVMax Method

Voltage maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshVMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if V > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 357: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqRcv -- SetThreshTMin Method

344

SetThreshTMin Method

Time minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshTMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if T < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 358: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqRcv -- SetThreshTMax Method

345

SetThreshTMax Method

Time maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshTMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if T > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 359: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqRcv -- SetStopIMin Method

346

SetStopIMin Method

Current minimum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopIMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if I < Value

Comments

The SetStopIMin criterion is used to limit a negative current swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 360: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqRcv -- SetStopIMax Method

347

SetStopIMax Method

Current maximum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopIMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if I > Value

Comments

The SetStopIMax criterion is used to limit a positive current swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 361: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqRcv -- SetStopAtDelayIMin Method

348

SetStopAtDelayIMin Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayIMin(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as I < Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 362: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqRcv -- SetStopAtDelayIMax Method

349

SetStopAtDelayIMax Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayIMax(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as I > Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 363: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqRcvAe -- Overview

350

IGamryDtaqRcvAe

Overview

The IGamryDtaqRcvAe interface is functionally identical to the IGamryDtaqRcv

interface. The Cook method returns additional data from the Auxilliary Electrometer, if

available on the Potentiostat.

See IGamryDtaqRcv and AE Stop Functions for documentation on all other functionality.

Member Description

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

Page 364: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqRcvAe -- Cook Method

351

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 Vf VT_R4

2 Vu VT_R4

3 Im VT_R4

4 Vsig VT_R4

5 Ach VT_R4

6 IERange VT_I4

7 Overload VT_I4

8 Stop Test VT_I4

9-16 Voltage on AE Channels 1-8 VT_R4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 365: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqSqwv -- Overview

352

IGamryDtaqSqwv

Overview

The IGamryDtaqSqwv interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It is designed

for applications to acquire data for square wave voltammetry.

Member Description

Init Initialize the DtaqSqwv object

Cook Retrieve points from the data acquisition queue

SetThreshIMin Set Imin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshIMax Set Imax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshVMin Set Vmin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshVMax Set Vmax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshTMin Set Tmin threshold criteria for stop tests

SetThreshTMax Set Tmax threshold criteria for stop tests

SetStopIMin Set Imin stop test value

SetStopIMax Set Imax stop test value

SetStopVMin Set Vmin stop test value

SetStopVMax Set Vmax stop test value

SetStopAtDelayIMin Set number of delay points for Imin stop test

SetStopAtDelayIMax Set number of delay points for Imax stop test

SetStopAtDelayVMin Set number of delay points for Vmin stop test

SetStopAtDelayVMax Set number of delay points for Vmax stop test

SetReverseDifference Change the difference current calculation.

Page 366: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqSqwv -- Init Method

353

Init Method

Initialize the DtaqSqwv object.

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Sqwv Dtaq will run.

Comments

This method is called to initialize a DtaqSqwv object. All Dtaq objects must be

initialized prior to further use. This Dtaq is commonly used to run square wave

experiments.

See Also

Run

Cook

Stop

Page 367: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqSqwv -- Cook Method

354

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 Ifwd VT_R4

2 Irev VT_R4

3 Idif VT_R4

4 Vfwd VT_R4

5 Vrev VT_R4

6 Vstep VT_R4

7 Vsig VT_R4

8 Ach VT_R4

9 IERange VT_I4

10 Overload VT_I4

11 StopTest VT_I4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 368: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqSqwv -- SetThreshIMin Method

355

SetThreshIMin Method

Current minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshIMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if I < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 369: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqSqwv -- SetThreshIMax Method

356

SetThreshIMax Method

Current maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshIMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if I > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 370: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqSqwv -- SetThreshVMin Method

357

SetThreshVMin Method

Voltage minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshVMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if V < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 371: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqSqwv -- SetThreshVMax Method

358

SetThreshVMax Method

Voltage maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshVMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if V > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 372: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqSqwv -- SetThreshTMin Method

359

SetThreshTMin Method

Time minimum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshTMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if T < Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 373: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqSqwv -- SetThreshTMax Method

360

SetThreshTMax Method

Time maximum threshold that, once met, enables stop criteria.

Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshTMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this threshold test

Value

Enable StopAt if T > Value

Comments

Once any of the threshold tests is met, the Stop criteria are evaluated for the rest of

the scan. Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled.

Once Stop testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is

enabled is no longer valid.

See Also

SetThresh functions

SetStop functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 374: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqSqwv -- SetStopIMin Method

361

SetStopIMin Method

Current minimum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopIMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if I < Value

Comments

The SetStopIMin criterion is used to limit a negative current swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 375: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqSqwv -- SetStopIMax Method

362

SetStopIMax Method

Current maximum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopIMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if I > Value

Comments

The SetStopIMax criterion is used to limit a positive current swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 376: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqSqwv -- SetStopVMin Method

363

SetStopVMin Method

Voltage minimum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopVMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if E < Value

Comments

The SetStopVMin criterion is used to limit a negative voltage swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 377: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqSqwv -- SetStopVMax Method

364

SetStopVMax Method

Voltage maximum limit that, once exceeded, terminates data acquisition.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopVMax(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

Terminate if E > Value

Comments

The SetStopVMax criterion is used to limit a positive voltage swing.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 378: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqSqwv -- SetStopAtDelayIMin Method

365

SetStopAtDelayIMin Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayIMin(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as I < Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 379: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqSqwv -- SetStopAtDelayIMax Method

366

SetStopAtDelayIMax Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayIMax(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as I > Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 380: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqSqwv -- SetStopAtDelayVMin Method

367

SetStopAtDelayVMin Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayVMin(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as E < Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 381: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqSqwv -- SetStopAtDelayVMax Method

368

SetStopAtDelayVMax Method

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayVMax(

[in] long Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. For absolute tests, such as E > Limit, the criterion

must be met for N points consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one

point does not fall within the criterion, the point counter will be reset.

See Also

SetStop functions

SetThresh functions

SetStopAtDelay functions

Page 382: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqSqwv -- SetReverseDifference Method

369

SetReverseDifference Method

Changes the method in which the difference current is calculated.

Definition

HRESULT

SetReverseDifference(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Reverse,

);

Parameter

Reverse

VARIANT_TRUE means that Idifference is calculated using Irev-Ifwd.

VARIANT_FALSE means that Idifference is calculated using Ifwd-Irev.

Comments

Different pulse voltammetry techniques or research groups may require a change in

the way the different current is calculated.

Page 383: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPwr -- Overview

370

IGamryDtaqPwr

Overview

The IGamryDtaqPwr interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It is meant for

performing experiements with energy storage and conversion.

The PWR Dtaq uses the potentiostat in galvanostat mode. This Dtaq is designed to work

soley with the PWR Signals. As data is acquired, the PWR dtaq decimates it to the

signal’s requested output rate. Other signals will not work properly with this class due to

the decimation algorithm.

Member Description

Init Initialize the DtaqPwr object

Cook Retrieve points from the data acquisition queue

SetStop functions Set stop test values

SetStopAtDelay

functions

Set number of delay points for stop test

SetThresh functions Set threshold criteria for stop tests

Page 384: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPwr -- Init Method

371

Init Method

Initialize the DtaqPwr object.

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Pwr Dtaq will run.

Comments

This method is called to initialize a Pwr object. All Dtaq objects must be

initialized prior to further use. This Dtaq is used to run PWR signals.

See Also

Run

Cook

Stop

Page 385: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPwr -- Cook Method

372

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 Vf VT_R4

2 Vu VT_R4

3 Im VT_R4

4 Power VT_R4

5 R VT_R4

6 Vsig VT_R4

7 Ach VT_R4

8 Temp VT_R4

9 IERange VT_I4

10 Overload VT_I4

11 StopTest1 VT_I4

12 StopTest2 VT_I4

See Also

Run, Stop

Page 386: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPwr -- SetStop Functions

373

SetStop Functions

Limits that, once exceeded, will skip to the next signal section, or stop if there is no

subsequent signal section.

Example Definition

HRESULT

SetStopVMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

See function descriptions below

Aux Channel Voltage Functions

SetStopAMin Stop if A < Value

SetStopAMax Stop if A > Value

SetStopAAMin Stop if abs(A) < Value

SetStopAAMax Stop if abs(A) > Value

SetStopDAMin Stop if dA/dt < Value

SetStopDAMax Stop if dA/dt > Value

SetStopADAMin Stop if abs(dA/dt) < Value

SetStopADAMax Stop if abs(dA/dt) > Value

Voltage Functions

SetStopVMin Stop if V < Value

SetStopVMax Stop if V > Value

SetStopAVMin Stop if abs(V) < Value

SetStopAVMax Stop if abs(V) > Value

SetStopDVMin Stop if dV/dt < Value

SetStopDVMax Stop if dV/dt > Value

SetStopADVMin Stop if abs(dV/dt) < Value

SetStopADVMax Stop if abs(dV/dt) > Value

Page 387: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPwr -- SetStop Functions

374

Current Functions

SetStopIMin Stop if I < Value

SetStopIMax Stop if I > Value

SetStopAIMin Stop if abs(I) < Value

SetStopAIMax Stop if abs(I) > Value

SetStopDIMin Stop if dI/dt < Value

SetStopDIMax Stop if dI/dt > Value

SetStopADIMin Stop if abs(dI/dt) < Value

SetStopADIMax Stop if abs(dI/dt) > Value

Power Functions

SetStopPMin Stop if P < Value

SetStopPMax Stop if P > Value

SetStopAPMin Stop if abs(P) < Value

SetStopAPMax Stop if abs(P) > Value

SetStopDPMin Stop if dP/dt < Value

SetStopDPMax Stop if dP/dt > Value

SetStopADPMin Stop if abs(dP/dt) < Value

SetStopADPMax Stop if abs(dP/dt) > Value

Charge Functions

SetStopQMin Stop if Q < Value

SetStopQMax Stop if Q > Value

SetStopAQMin Stop if abs(Q) < Value

SetStopAQMax Stop if abs(Q) > Value

Energy Functions

SetStopEMin Stop if E < Value

SetStopEMax Stop if E > Value

SetStopAEMin Stop if abs(E) < Value

SetStopAEMax Stop if abs(E) > Value

Temperature Functions

SetStopTempMax Stop if Temp > Value

SetStopDTempMax Stop if dTemp/dt > Value

SetStopADTempMax Stop if abs(dTemp/dt) > Value

Page 388: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPwr -- SetStop Functions

375

Comments

The SetStopMin criteria are used to limit a negative swing for that particular

measurement. SetStopMax limits a positive swing.

Page 389: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPwr -- SetStopAtDelay Functions

376

SetStopAtDelay Functions

Require StopAt criterion to be met for a number of data points prior to termination.

Example Definition

HRESULT

SetStopAtDelayVMin(

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Value

Delay for this number of points

Aux Channel Voltage Functions

SetStopAtDelayAMin

SetStopAtDelayAMax

SetStopAtDelayAAMin

SetStopAtDelayAAMax

SetStopAtDelayDAMin

SetStopAtDelayDAMax

SetStopAtDelayADAMin

SetStopAtDelayADAMax

Voltage Functions

SetStopAtDelayVMin

SetStopAtDelayVMax

SetStopAtDelayAVMin

SetStopAtDelayAVMax

SetStopAtDelayDVMin

SetStopAtDelayDVMax

SetStopAtDelayADVMin

SetStopAtDelayADVMax

Current Functions

SetStopAtDelayIMin

SetStopAtDelayIMax

SetStopAtDelayAIMin

SetStopAtDelayAIMax

SetStopAtDelayDIMin

SetStopAtDelayDIMax

Page 390: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPwr -- SetStopAtDelay Functions

377

SetStopAtDelayADIMin

SetStopAtDelayADIMax

Power Functions

SetStopAtDelayPMin

SetStopAtDelayPMax

SetStopAtDelayAPMin

SetStopAtDelayAPMax

SetStopAtDelayDPMin

SetStopAtDelayDPMax

SetStopAtDelayADPMin

SetStopAtDelayADPMax

Charge Functions

SetStopAtDelayQMin

SetStopAtDelayQMax

SetStopAtDelayAQMin

SetStopAtDelayAQMax

Energy Functions

SetStopAtDelayEMin

SetStopAtDelayEMax

SetStopAtDelayAEMin

SetStopAtDelayAEMax

Temperature Functions

SetStopAtDelayTempMax

SetStopAtDelayDTempMax

SetStopAtDelayADTempMax

Comments

Used to avoid premature termination of data acquisition because of noise, creating a

false reading for a StopAt test. The criterion must be met for N points

consecutively before the criterion will be accepted. If one point does not fall within

the criterion, the point counter will be reset.

Page 391: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPwr -- SetThresh Functions

378

SetThresh Functions

Thresholds that, once met, enable stop criteria.

Example Definition

HRESULT

SetThreshVMin(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Enable,

[in, defaultvalue(0.0)] float Value

);

Parameter

Enable

Enable or disable this Stop criteria

Value

See function descriptions below

Aux Channel Voltage Functions

SetThreshAMin Stop if A < Value

SetThreshAMax Stop if A > Value

Voltage Functions

SetThreshVMin Stop if V < Value

SetThreshVMax Stop if V > Value

Current Functions

SetThreshIMin Stop if I < Value

SetThreshIMax Stop if I > Value

Power Functions

SetThreshPMin Stop if P < Value

SetThreshPMax Stop if P > Value

Charge Functions

SetThreshQMin Stop if Q < Value

SetThreshQMax Stop if Q > Value

Page 392: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPwr -- SetThresh Functions

379

Energy Functions

SetThreshEMin Stop if E < Value

SetThreshEMax Stop if E > Value

Temperature Functions

SetThreshTempMin Stop if Temp > Value

SetThreshDTempMax Stop if dTemp/dt > Value

Comments

Once the threshold test is met, the Stop criteria is evaluated for the rest of the scan.

Note that after the threshold test is passed, all Stop tests are enabled. Once Stop

testing is enabled, it is never disabled, even if the Threshold test that is enabled is

no longer valid.

Page 393: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPwrAe -- Overview

380

IGamryDtaqPwrAe

Overview

The IGamryDtaqPwrAe interface is functionally identical to the IGamryDtaqPwr

interface. The Cook method returns additional data from the Auxilliary Electrometer, if

available on the Potentiostat.

See IGamryDtaqPwr and AE Stop Functions for documentation on all other functionality.

Member Description

Cook Retrieve points from the data acquisition queue

Page 394: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqPwrAe -- Cook Method

381

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 Time VT_R4

1 Vf VT_R4

2 Vu VT_R4

3 Im VT_R4

4 Power VT_R4

5 R VT_R4

6 Vsig VT_R4

7 Ach VT_R4

8 Temp VT_R4

9 IERange VT_I4

10 Overload VT_I4

11 StopTest1 VT_I4

12 StopTest2 VT_I4

See Also

Run, Stop

Page 395: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalArray -- Overview

382

IGamrySignalArray

Overview

The IGamrySignalArray interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. This signal

is capable of being used for a wide variety of experiments. It can accept an array of

arbitrary values which are then used by the signal generator of the potentiostat.

Member Description

Init Creates the signal

Tweak Adjusts the signal

Page 396: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalArray -- Init Method

383

Init Method

Initializes a Universal Signal object

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

[in] long Cycles,

[in] float SampleRate,

[in] long SamplesPerCycle,

[in] SAFEARRAY(float)* SignalArray,

[in] gcCTRLMODE CtrlMode

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Univ Signal will run.

Cycles

Number of cycles to run

SampleRate

Time between data acquisition samples in seconds.

SamplesPerCycle

Number of points in the Signal Array

SignalArray

Array of size SamplesPerCycle containing the points that make up the array.

CtrlMode

Potentiostat’s control mode. The signal automatically adjusts the GstatRatio for

signals in Galvanostat mode.

Comments

The array signal is a simple signal that can be used to make virtually any type of

waveform for application through a potentiostat. An array of voltages or currents is

passed into SignalArray and each value is then applied to the potentiostat at the

same rate as data acquisition. The maximum size of the SignalArray is 262143

points. The maximum number of cycles is (2^16 – 1). Cycles is entered as a

positive number. A (-1) symbolizes a “continuous” signal, where the signal is

repeated for a maximum of (2^32 – 1) cycles. The values passed in for

Page 397: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalArray -- Init Method

384

SignalArray will be interpreted as volts for potentiostat mode or amps for

galvanostat mode.

See Also

Tweak

Page 398: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalArray -- Tweak Method

385

Tweak Method

Adjusts the parameters of an Array Signal object

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] long Cycles,

[in] float SampleRate,

[in] long SamplesPerCycle,

[in] SAFEARRAY(float)* SignalArray,

[in] gcSIGTWEAKSTYLE Style

);

Parameter

Cycles

Number of cycles to run

SampleRate

Time between data acquisition samples in seconds.

SamplesPerCycle

Number of points in the Signal Array

SignalArray

Array of size SamplesPerCycle containing the points that make up the array.

Style

The style of the tweak.

Comments

The array signal is a simple signal that can be used to make virtually any type of

waveform for application through a potentiostat. An array of voltages or currents is

passed into SignalArray and each value is then applied to the potentiostat at the

same rate as data acquisition. The maximum size of the SignalArray is 262143

points. The maximum number of cycles is (2^16 – 1). Cycles is entered as a

positive number. A (-1) symbolizes a “continuous” signal, where the signal is

repeated for a maximum of (2^32 – 1) cycles. The values passed in for

SignalArray will be interpreted as volts for potentiostat mode or amps for

galvanostat mode. The Style of the tweak can be one of the values specified by the

gcSIGTWEAKSTYLE enum. The most general type is SigTweakStyleReset which

Page 399: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalArray -- Tweak Method

386

causes the signal to be applied from the beginning of the array. The other two

styles are used to have the signal begin to be applied from within a location in the

array. SigTweakStyleContinue continues the signal from the same point number it

was applying from the previous array. SigTweakStyleScale continues the signal

from a point number scaled to the new signal. This scaling is a ratio between the

number of points for the new array and the number of points for the old array. For

example, Lets say the old array had 100 points and the signal was being applied at

point 35. The new array has 200 points. The scale style would have the ratio of

200/100 or 2. The new signal would be applied starting at point 35 * 2 or 70.

See Also

Init

gcSIGTWEAKSTYLE

Page 400: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalUniv -- Overview

387

IGamrySignalUniv

Overview

The IGamrySignalUniv interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. This signal is

capable of being used for a wide variety of experiments. It can accept an array of

arbitrary values which are then used by the signal generator of the potentiostat.

Member Description

Init Creates the signal

Page 401: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalUniv -- Init Method

388

Init Method

Initializes a Universal Signal object

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

[in] float Vo,

[in] long Cycles,

[in] float SampleRate,

[in] long SamplesPerCycle,

[in] long Sections,

[in] SAFEARRAY(float)* SignalArray,

[in] SAFEARRAY(unsigned char)* SectionsArray,

[in] SAFEARRAY(float)* StepsArray,

[in] SAFEARRAY(long)* RLEArray,

[in] gcCTRLMODE CtrlMode

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Univ Signal will run.

Vo

Starting Voltage

Cycles

Number of cycles to run

SampleRate

Time between data acquisition samples in seconds.

SamplesPerCycle

Number of points in the Signal Array

Sections

Number of different sections in the Signal Array.

SignalArray

Array of size SamplesPerCycle containing the points that make up the array.

Page 402: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalUniv -- Init Method

389

SectionsArray

Array of size SamplesPerCycle containing the section number for a

corresponding entry in the Signal Array.

StepsArray

Array of size Sections, containing the step value for each section.

RLEArray

Array of size SamplesPerCycle, containing the run time length for each sample,

in the lower 30 bits. The 31st bit controls whether or not the sample is to be

passed through when using the Universal Dtaq. The 32nd

bit is the cell control

state when using the Universal Dtaq.

CtrlMode

Potentiostat’s control mode. The signal automatically adjusts the GstatRatio for

signals in Galvanostat mode.

Comments

The universal signal is a very versatile signal that can be used to make virtually any

type of waveform for application through a potentiostat. The maximum size of the

SignalArray is 262143 points. The maximum number of Sections is 255. The

maximum number of cycles is (2^16 – 1). Cycles is entered as a positive number.

A (-1) symbolizes a “continuous” signal, where the signal is repeated for a

maximum of (2^32 – 1) cycles. The SectionsArray is used to specify a section

number for each entry in the SignalArray. Section numbers control whether or not

a Step value is added to the SignalArray entry. Standard use of the signal is to not

make use of the SectionsArray, and to have it be filled with zeros. The

StepsArray is used to specify a step value to be added to the signal array as the

signal enters that section. Steps are not allowed to be used with a continuous signal.

The RLEArray serves triple duty, in specifying not only the runtime length

encoding, but also the cell control state and the pass through state when using the

Universal Dtaq. The runtime length is entered in number of points (x). This means

that a SignalArray value is repeated (x) number of times. Cell control state is a

bit simply means that the cell will be either turned on (1), or turned off (0) when

the specific signal array point is applied. The pass through state simply means that

the data will be passed back by the dtaq (1) or not (0). For a single runtime length

with pass-through and the cell turned on, this value should be 0xC00000001. The

values passed in for Vo, SignalArray, and StepsArray will be interpreted as

volts for potentiostat mode or amps for galvanostat mode.

Page 403: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalConst -- Overview

390

IGamrySignalConst

Overview

The IGamrySignalConst interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library.

The Const signal describes a constant signal waveform which can be applied by a

potentiostat. The object encapsulates information about the applied value, the elapsed

time, and the data acquisition rate.

Member Description

Init Creates a new constant voltage signal

Page 404: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalConst -- Init Method

391

Init Method

Initializes a constant signal object

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

[in] float Svalue,

[in] float TotalTime,

[in] float SampleRate,

[in] gcCTRLMODE CtrlMode

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Constant Signal will run.

Svalue

Applied signal in either volts or amps.

TotalTime

Total time in seconds.

SampleRate

Time between data acquisition samples in seconds.

CtrlMode

Potentiostat’s control mode. The signal automatically adjusts the GstatRatio for

signals in Galvanostat mode, so values are entered in amps, not volts.

Comments

The constant signal is used when an application does not need to change the value

used by the signal generator.

Page 405: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalStep -- Overview

392

IGamrySignalStep

Overview

The IGamrySignalStep interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library.

The Step signal describes a two-part step waveform which can be applied by a

potentiostat. The object encapsulates information about the initial and final values, the

elapsed time at each value, and the data acquisition rate.

Member Description

Init Creates a new signal

Page 406: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalStep -- Init Method

393

Init Method

Initializes a step signal object

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

[in] float Sinit,

[in] float Tinit,

[in] float Sfinal,

[in] float Tfinal,

[in] float SampleRate,

[in] gcCTRLMODE CtrlMode

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Univ Signal will run.

Sinit

Initial value in volts or amps.

Tinit

Initial time in seconds

Sfinal

Final value in volts or amps.

Tfinal

Final time in seconds

SampleRate

Time between data acquisition samples in seconds.

CtrlMode

Potentiostat’s control mode. The signal automatically adjusts the GstatRatio for

signals in Galvanostat mode, so values are entered in amps, not volts.

Comments

This signal is commonly used for potentiostatic step experiments where a single

step is required. The signal starts at Sinit and then steps to Sfinal.

Page 407: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalRamp -- Overview

394

IGamrySignalRamp

Overview

The IGamrySignalRamp interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library.

The Ramp signal describes a ramp waveform which can be applied by a potentiostat. The

object encapsulates information about the starting and ending values, the ramp rate, and

the data acquisition rate.

Member Description

Init Creates a new signal

Page 408: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalRamp -- Init Method

395

Init Method

Initializes a Ramp Signal object

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

[in] float Sinit,

[in] float Sfinal,

[in] float ScanRate,

[in] float SampleRate,

[in] gcCTRLMODE CtrlMode

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Univ Signal will run.

Sinit

Initial value in volts or amps.

Sfinal

Final value in volts or amps.

ScanRate

Scan rate in volts/second or amps/second.

SampleRate

Time between data acquisition samples in seconds.

CtrlMode

Potentiostat’s control mode. The signal automatically adjusts the GstatRatio for

signals in Galvanostat mode, so values are entered in amps, not volts.

Comments

This signal is commonly used for potentiostatic step experiments where a single

step is required. The signal starts at Sinit and then ramps to Sfinal.

Page 409: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalDstep -- Overview

396

IGamrySignalDstep

Overview

The IGamrySignalDstep interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library.

The Dstep signal describes a three-part step waveform which can be applied by a

potentiostat. The object encapsulates information about the initial, second, and final

values, the elapsed times at each value, and the data acquisition rate.

Member Description

Init Creates a new signal

Page 410: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalDstep -- Init Method

397

Init Method

Initializes a double step signal object

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

[in] float Sinit,

[in] float Tinit,

[in] float Sstep1,

[in] float Tstep1,

[in] float Sstep2,

[in] float Tstep2,

[in] float SampleRate,

[in] gcCTRLMODE CtrlMode

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Dstep Signal will run.

Sinit

Initial value in volts or amps.

Tinit

Initial time in seconds

Sstep1

Step 1 voltage in volts or amps.

Tstep1

Step 1 time in seconds

Sstep2

Final value in volts or amps.

Tstep2

Final time in seconds

SampleRate

Time between data acquisition samples in seconds.

Page 411: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalDstep -- Init Method

398

CtrlMode

Potentiostat’s control mode. The signal automatically adjusts the GstatRatio for

signals in Galvanostat mode, so values are entered in amps, not volts.

Comments

This signal is commonly used for chronoamp or chronopot experiments where a

double step is required. The signal starts at Sinit and then steps to Sstep1 and

further to Sstep2.

Page 412: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalMstep -- Overview

399

IGamrySignalMstep

Overview

The IGamrySignalMstep interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library.

The Mstep signal describes a multi-part step waveform which can be applied by a

potentiostat. The object encapsulates information about the initial and step values, the

elapsed time at each value, the number of steps using the step value as an increment, and

the data acquisition rate.

Member Description

Init Creates a new signal

Page 413: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalMstep -- Init Method

400

Init Method

Initializes a multi-step signal object.

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

[in] float Sinit,

[in] float Sstep,

[in] float Tinit,

[in] float Tstep,

[in] long Nstep,

[in] float SampleRate,

[in] gcCTRLMODE CtrlMode

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Mstep Signal will run.

Sinit

Initial value in volts or amps.

Sstep

Step value in volts or amps.

Tinit

Initial step time in seconds.

Tstep

Subsequent step time in seconds.

Nstep

Number of steps to run using the step information.

SampleRate

Time between data acquisition samples in seconds.

CtrlMode

Potentiostat’s control mode. The signal automatically adjusts the GstatRatio for

signals in Galvanostat mode, so values are entered in amps, not volts.

Page 414: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalMstep -- Init Method

401

Comments

This signal is used to replicate a constant step-height staircase waveform, with a

user specified number of steps.

Page 415: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalPv -- Overview

402

IGamrySignalPv

Overview

The IGamrySignalPv interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library.

The Pv signal describes a ramp and square wave waveform that can be applied by a

potentiostat. The object encapsulates information about the starting values, value step,

pulse size, pulse duration, and the data acquisition rate.

Member Description

Init Creates a new signal

Page 416: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalPv -- Init Method

403

Init Method

Creates the Pv Signal

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

[in] float Sinit,

[in] float Spv,

[in] float Spulse,

[in] VARIANT_BOOL EnableOverrideA,

[in] float SOverrideA,

[in] VARIANT_BOOL EnableOverrideB,

[in] float SOverrideB,

[in] long MaxCycles,

[in] float TimerRes,

[in] float PulseTime,

[in] float CycleTime,

[in] float IntPeriod,

[in] VARIANT_BOOL DropKnockSignalEnable,

[in] float DropKnockSignalDuration,

[in] VARIANT_BOOL DropKnockSignalPolarity,

[in] gcCTRLMODE CtrlMode

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Univ Signal will run.

Sinit

Initial value in volts or amps.

Spv

Step in volts or amps.

Spulse

Pulse size in volts or amps.

EnableOverrideA

Override the A portion of the signal

SOverrideA

Override value in volts or amps.

Page 417: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalPv -- Init Method

404

EnableOverrideB

Override the B portion of the signal

SOverrideB

Override value in volts or amps.

MaxCycles

Number of cycles to run this acquisition.

TimerRes

Time between data samples in seconds.

PulseTime

Duration of the pulse (B)

CycleTime

Duration of a cycle (A + B)

IntPeriod

Time for averaging data

DropKnockSignalEnable

Use the digital output

DropKnockSignalDuration

Time to apply a signal

DropKnockSignalPolarity

Signal polarity

CtrlMode

Potentiostat’s control mode. The signal automatically adjusts the GstatRatio for

signals in Galvanostat mode, so values are entered in amps, not volts.

Comments

This signal is used to run pulse voltammetry experiments such as Normal Pulse or

Differential Pulse voltammetry. It is normally combined with the PV dtaq for data

acquisition. The values passed in for Sinit and Spv, Spulse, SOverrideA,

and SOverrideB will be interpreted as volts for potentiostat mode or amps for

galvanostat mode.

Page 418: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalRupdn -- Overview

405

IGamrySignalRupdn

Overview

The IGamrySignalRupdn interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library.

The Rupdn signal describes a tri-value ramp waveform which can be applied by a

potentiostat. The signal is ramped from an initial value to an apex 1 value, then to an

apex 2 value and back again to a final value. Rupdn is normally used for Cyclic

Voltammetry scans. The object encapsulates information about the initial, apex and final

values, the ramp rates, and the data acquisition rate.

Member Description

Init Creates a new signal

Page 419: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalRupdn -- Init Method

406

Init Method

Initializes a research up-down signal object.

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

[in] float Sinit,

[in] float Sapex1,

[in] float Sapex2,

[in] float Sfinal,

[in] float ScanInit,

[in] float ScanApex,

[in] float ScanFinal,

[in] float HoldTime0,

[in] float HoldTime1,

[in] float HoldTime2,

[in] float SampleRate,

[in] long Cycles,

[in] gcCTRLMODE CtrlMode

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Univ Signal will run.

Sinit

Initial value in volts or amps.

Sapex1

Apex 1 value in volts or amps.

Sapex2

Apex 2 value in volts or amps.

Sfinal

Final value in volts or amps.

ScanInit

Initial scan rate in volts/second or amps/second.

ScanApex

Apex scan rate in volts/second or amps/second.

Page 420: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalRupdn -- Init Method

407

ScanFinal

Final scan rate in volts/second or amps/second.

HoldTime0

Time to hold at Apex 1 in seconds

HoldTime1

Time to hold at Apex 2 in seconds

HoldTime2

Time to hold at Sfinal in seconds

SampleRate

Time between data acquisition steps.

Cycles

The number of cycles the signal is to be run

CtrlMode

Potentiostat’s control mode. The signal automatically adjusts the GstatRatio for

signals in Galvanostat mode, so values are entered in amps, not volts.

Comments

This signal is commonly used to perform cyclic voltammetry experiments. It is

usually combined with the RCV dtaq for acquisition.

Page 421: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalUpdn -- Overview

408

IGamrySignalUpdn

Overview

The IGamrySignalUpdn interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library.

The Updn signal describes a dual-value ramp waveform which can be applied by a

potentiostat. The signal is ramped from an initial value to an apex value and back again

to a final value. Updn is normally used for cyclic scans such as pitting tests. The object

encapsulates information about the initial, apex and final values, the ramp rates, and the

data acquisition rate.

Member Description

Init Creates a new signal

Page 422: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalUpdn -- Init Method

409

Init Method

Initializes an up-down signal object.

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

[in] float Sinit,

[in] float Sapex,

[in] float Sfinal,

[in] float ScanRateFwd,

[in] float ScanRateRev,

[in] float SampleRate,

[in] gcCTRLMODE CtrlMode

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Univ Signal will run.

Sinit

Initial value in volts or amps.

Sapex

Apex value in volts or amps.

Sfinal

Final value in volts or amps.

ScanRateFwd

Forward scan rate in volts/second or amps/second.

ScanRateRev

Reverse scan rate in volts/second or amps/second.

SampleRate

Time between data acquisition samples in seconds.

CtrlMode

Potentiostat’s control mode. The signal automatically adjusts the GstatRatio for

signals in Galvanostat mode, so values are entered in amps, not volts.

Page 423: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalUpdn -- Init Method

410

Comments

The up-down signal is useful for experiments like cyclic polarization.

Page 424: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalSqwv -- Overview

411

IGamrySignalSqwv

Overview

The IGamrySignalSqwv interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library.

The Sqwv signal describes a square wave waveform that can be applied by a potentiostat.

The object encapsulates information about the starting and final values, value step, pulse

size, and pulse duration.

Member Description

Init Creates a new signal

Page 425: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalSqwv -- Init Method

412

Init Method

Initialize a square wave signal object.

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

[in] float Sinit,

[in] float Sfinal,

[in] float Sstep,

[in] float Spulse,

[in] float Tstep,

[in] gcCTRLMODE CtrlMode

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the square wave signal will run.

Sinit

Initial value in volts or amps.

Sfinal

Final value in volts or amps.

Sstep

Step in volts or amps.

Spulse

Pulse size in volts or amps.

Tstep

Step duration in seconds

CtrlMode

Potentiostat’s control mode. The signal automatically adjusts the GstatRatio for

signals in Galvanostat mode, so values are entered in amps, not volts.

Page 426: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalSqwv -- Init Method

413

Comments

This signal is commonly used to perform Square Wave Voltammetry. It is

normally used with IGamryDtaqSqwv for data acquisition. The values passed in for

Sinit, Sfinal, Spulse, and Sstep will be interpreted as volts for

potentiostat mode or amps for galvanostat mode.

See Also

IGamryDtaqSqwv

Page 427: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalPwrConst -- Overview

414

IGamrySignalPwrConst

Overview

The IGamrySignalPwrConst interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library.

The PwrConst signal describes a constant signal that can control current, power, voltage,

or load. This signal is used mainly in energy storage and conversion research. Most of the

activity associated with the PwrConst happens in the background when DtaqPwr is run.

Member Description

Init Creates a new PwrConst signal

Page 428: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalPwrConst -- Init Method

415

Init Method

Initializes a constant signal object

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

[in] float Value,

[in] float LimitValue,

[in] float Gain,

[in] float MinDif,

[in] float MaxStep,

[in] float TotalTime,

[in] float SamplePeriod,

[in] float PerturbationRate,

[in] float PerturbationPulseWidth,

[in] float TimerRes,

[in] gcPWRSIGNALMODE Mode,

[in] VARIANT_BOOL WorkingPositive

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Constant Signal will run.

Value

The value to be set by the signal object. The units of this value depend upon the

mode selected. The units are either Volts, Amps, Ohms, or Watts.

LimitValue

Specifies the limit used in calculating the signal.

It is not used for gcPWRSIGNALMODE CurrentDischarge or

CurrentCharge. Enter 0.0.

For gcPWRSIGNALMODE Voltage it is the maximum current to be

encountered, entered in Amps.

For gcPWRSIGNALMODE Power it is the minimum voltage to be

encountered, entered in Volts.

Page 429: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalPwrConst -- Init Method

416

For gcPWRSIGNALMODE Resistance it is the maximum voltage to be

encountered, entered in Volts.

Gain

Gain used during the feedback loop. The default value should be used, as

defined by PWR800_DEFAULT_GAIN in PWR800.exp

MinDif

Percentage above/below the nominal value, used during a perturbation. The

nominal value is the current that is being applied by the signal. It is entered as a

decimal where 1.0 = 100%. The default value should be used, as defined by

PWR800_DEFAULT_MINIMUM_DIFFERENCE in PWR800.exp

MaxStep

Percentage of full scale that is used to limit the maximum step in current during

the feedback loop. The I/E current range determines the full scale value. The

percentage is entered as a decimal where 1.0 = 100% of the scale. The default

value should be used, as defined by PWR800_DEFAULT_MAXIMUM_STEP in

PWR800.exp

TotalTime

Total time in seconds.

SamplePeriod

Sample perios, entered in seconds.

PerturbationRate

Time, entered in seconds, between perturbations of the signal. A perturbation is

an increase followed by a matching decrease in the applied signal value. This

perturbation allows the signal to determine the response of the cell so that the

feedback loop can work properly. Perturbations are only necessary in feedback

modes. These modes are gcPWRSIGNALMODE Resistance,

gcPWRSIGNALMODE Power, and gcPWRSIGNALMODE Voltage.

Perturbations will be skipped if the control algorithm determines they are not

necessary. The default value should be used, as defined by

PWR800_DEFAULT_PERTURBATION_RATE in PWR800.exp

PerturbationPulseWidth

Width of a perturbation, entered in seconds. A perturbation includes both an

increase and a decrease, each will be held for this amount of time. The default

value should be used, as defined by

PWR800_DEFAULT_PERTURBATION_WIDTH in PWR800.exp

Page 430: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalPwrConst -- Init Method

417

TimerRes

Fundamental timer setting of the instrument in seconds. The default value

should be used, as defined by PWR800_DEFAULT_TIMER_RESOLUTION in

PWR800.exp

Mode

Control mode of the signal. See gcPWRSIGNALMODE for details.

WorkingPositive

Specifies if the working connection is connected to the positive or negative

terminal.

TRUE if working is connected to the positive terminal, FALSE if connected to

the negative terminal.

See Also

IGamryDtaqPwr

IGamrySignalPwrStep

IGamrySignalPwrRamp

Page 431: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalPwrRamp -- Overview

418

IGamrySignalPwrRamp

Overview

The IGamrySignalPwrRamp interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library.

The PwrRamp signal describes a ramp signal that can control current, power, voltage, or

load. This signal is used mainly in energy storage and conversion research. Most of the

activity associated with PwrRamp happens in the background when DtaqPwr is run.

Member Description

Init Creates a new PwrRamp signal

Page 432: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalPwrRamp -- Init Method

419

Init Method

Initializes a ramp signal object

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

[in] float ValueInit,

[in] float ValueFinal,

[in] float ScanRate,

[in] float LimitValue,

[in] float Gain,

[in] float MinDif,

[in] float MaxStep,

[in] float SamplePeriod,

[in] float PerturbationRate,

[in] float PerturbationPulseWidth,

[in] float TimerRes,

[in] gcPWRSIGNALMODE Mode,

[in] VARIANT_BOOL WorkingPositive

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Constant Signal will run.

ValueInit

The initial value of the signal ramp. The units of this value depend upon the

mode selected. The units are either Volts, Amps, Ohms, or Watts.

ValueFinal

The final value of the signal ramp. The units of this value depend upon the

mode selected.

ScanRate

The scan rate, entered in units/second, where units is defined by the mode of the

signal.

LimitValue

Specifies the limit used in calculating the signal.

It is not used for gcPWRSIGNALMODE CurrentDischarge or

Page 433: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalPwrRamp -- Init Method

420

CurrentCharge. Enter 0.0.

For gcPWRSIGNALMODE Voltage it is the maximum current to be

encountered, entered in Amps.

For gcPWRSIGNALMODE Power it is the minimum voltage to be

encountered, entered in Volts.

For gcPWRSIGNALMODE Resistance it is the maximum voltage to be

encountered, entered in Volts.

Gain

Gain used during the feedback loop. The default value should be used, as

defined by PWR800_DEFAULT_GAIN in PWR800.exp

MinDif

Percentage above/below the nominal value, used during a perturbation. The

nominal value is the current that is being applied by the signal. It is entered as a

decimal where 1.0 = 100%. The default value should be used, as defined by

PWR800_DEFAULT_MINIMUM_DIFFERENCE in PWR800.exp

MaxStep

Percentage of full scale that is used to limit the maximum step in current during

the feedback loop. The I/E current range determines the full scale value. The

percentage is entered as a decimal where 1.0 = 100% of the scale. The default

value should be used, as defined by PWR800_DEFAULT_MAXIMUM_STEP in

PWR800.exp

SamplePeriod

Sample perios, entered in seconds.

PerturbationRate

Time, entered in seconds, between perturbations of the signal. A perturbation is

an increase followed by a matching decrease in the applied signal value. This

perturbation allows the signal to determine the response of the cell so that the

feedback loop can work properly. Perturbations are only necessary in feedback

modes. These modes are gcPWRSIGNALMODE Resistance,

gcPWRSIGNALMODE Power, and gcPWRSIGNALMODE Voltage.

Perturbations will be skipped if the control algorithm determines they are not

necessary. The default value should be used, as defined by

PWR800_DEFAULT_PERTURBATION_RATE in PWR800.exp

PerturbationPulseWidth

Width of a perturbation, entered in seconds. A perturbation includes both an

increase and a decrease, each will be held for this amount of time. The default

Page 434: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalPwrRamp -- Init Method

421

value should be used, as defined by

PWR800_DEFAULT_PERTURBATION_WIDTH in PWR800.exp

TimerRes

Fundamental timer setting of the instrument in seconds. The default value

should be used, as defined by PWR800_DEFAULT_TIMER_RESOLUTION in

PWR800.exp

Mode

Control mode of the signal. See gcPWRSIGNALMODE for details.

WorkingPositive

Specifies if the working connection is connected to the positive or negative

terminal.

TRUE if working is connected to the positive terminal, FALSE if connected to

the negative terminal.

See Also

IGamryDtaqPwr

IGamrySignalPwrConst

IGamrySignalPwrStep

Page 435: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalPwrStep -- Overview

422

IGamrySignalPwrStep

Overview

The IGamrySignalPwrStep interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library.

The PwrStep signal describes a step signal that can control current, power, voltage, or

load. This signal is used mainly in energy storage and conversion research. Most of the

activity associated with PwrStep happens in the background when DtaqPwr is run.

Member Description

Init Creates a new PwrStep signal

Page 436: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalPwrStep -- Init Method

423

Init Method

Initializes a step signal object

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

[in] SAFEARRAY(float)* ValueArray,

[in] SAFEARRAY(float)* LimitValueArray,

[in] float Gain,

[in] float MinDif,

[in] float MaxStep,

[in] SAFEARRAY(float)* TimeArray,

[in] float SamplePeriod,

[in] float PerturbationRate,

[in] float PerturbationPulseWidth,

[in] float TimerRes,

[in] SAFEARRAY(long)* ModeArray,

[in] VARIANT_BOOL WorkingPositive

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which the Constant Signal will run.

ValueArray

Two-element array that contains the first and second values to be set by the

signal object. The units of this value depend upon the mode selected. The units

are either Volts, Amps, Ohms, or Watts.

LimitValueArray

Two-element array that specifies the first and second limits used in calculating

the signal.

It is not used for gcPWRSIGNALMODE CurrentDischarge or

CurrentCharge. Enter 0.0.

For gcPWRSIGNALMODE Voltage it is the maximum current to be

encountered, entered in Amps.

For gcPWRSIGNALMODE Power it is the minimum voltage to be

encountered, entered in Volts.

Page 437: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalPwrStep -- Init Method

424

For gcPWRSIGNALMODE Resistance it is the maximum voltage to be

encountered, entered in Volts.

Gain

Gain used during the feedback loop. The default value should be used, as

defined by PWR800_DEFAULT_GAIN in PWR800.exp

MinDif

Percentage above/below the nominal value, used during a perturbation. The

nominal value is the current that is being applied by the signal. It is entered as a

decimal where 1.0 = 100%. The default value should be used, as defined by

PWR800_DEFAULT_MINIMUM_DIFFERENCE in PWR800.exp

MaxStep

Percentage of full scale that is used to limit the maximum step in current during

the feedback loop. The I/E current range determines the full scale value. The

percentage is entered as a decimal where 1.0 = 100% of the scale. The default

value should be used, as defined by PWR800_DEFAULT_MAXIMUM_STEP in

PWR800.exp

TimeArray

Two-element array that specifies the time in seconds for the first and second

steps in the signal.

SamplePeriod

Sample perios, entered in seconds.

PerturbationRate

Time, entered in seconds, between perturbations of the signal. A perturbation is

an increase followed by a matching decrease in the applied signal value. This

perturbation allows the signal to determine the response of the cell so that the

feedback loop can work properly. Perturbations are only necessary in feedback

modes. These modes are gcPWRSIGNALMODE Resistance,

gcPWRSIGNALMODE Power, and gcPWRSIGNALMODE Voltage.

Perturbations will be skipped if the control algorithm determines they are not

necessary. The default value should be used, as defined by

PWR800_DEFAULT_PERTURBATION_RATE in PWR800.exp

PerturbationPulseWidth

Width of a perturbation, entered in seconds. A perturbation includes both an

increase and a decrease, each will be held for this amount of time. The default

value should be used, as defined by

PWR800_DEFAULT_PERTURBATION_WIDTH in PWR800.exp

Page 438: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamrySignalPwrStep -- Init Method

425

TimerRes

Fundamental timer setting of the instrument in seconds. The default value

should be used, as defined by PWR800_DEFAULT_TIMER_RESOLUTION in

PWR800.exp

ModeArray

Two-element array that contains the control modes for the first and second steps

of the signal. See gcPWRSIGNALMODE for details.

WorkingPositive

Specifies if the working connection is connected to the positive or negative

terminal.

TRUE if working is connected to the positive terminal, FALSE if connected to

the negative terminal.

See Also

IGamryDtaqPwr

IGamrySignalPwrConst

IGamrySignalPwrRamp

Page 439: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Overview

426

IGamryReadZ

Overview

The IGamryReadZ interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It allows

applications to acquire impedance data for a specified frequency and amplitude.

Member Description

Init Initialize a ReadZ object

Cook Retreives points from the data acquisition queue

Measure Take an impedance measurement

SetCycleLim Set the minimum and maximum cycles to run

SetSpeed Set the speed.

SetZmod Set the initial guess of Impedance modulus.

Vreal Return the real component of the measured Voltage

Vimag Return the imaginary component of the measured Voltage

Vsig Standard deviation of the measured Voltage

Vdc Return the DC component of the measured Voltage

Ireal Return the real component of the measured Current

Iimag Return the imaginary component of the measured Current

Isig Standard deviation of the measured Current

Idc Return the DC component of the measured Current

Zreal Return the real component of the measured Impedance

Zimag Return the imaginary component of the measured

Impedance

Zsig Standard deviation of the measured Impedance

Zfreq Return the DC component of the measured Impedance

Imod Return the modulus of the measured Current

Iphz Return the phase of the measured Current

Vmod Return the modulus of the measured Voltage

Vphz Return the phase of the measured Voltage

Zmod Return the modulus of the measured Impedance

Zphz Return the phase of the measured Impedance

Gain Return the Gain value

VNoise Returns the expected noise for the V channel measurement.

INoise Returns the expected noise for the I channel measurement.

IENoise Returns the expected noise for the IE channel measurement.

IERange Returns the current IE Range used.

SetGain Set the requested Gain.

SetVNoise Set the expected noise for the V channel measurement.

SetINoise Set the expected noise for the I channel measurement.

SetIENoise Set the expected noise for the IE channel measurement.

SetIdc Set the initial DC component of the measured Current

StatusMessage Get the status message as set by a call to Measure

Page 440: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Init Method

427

Init Method

Initialize the ReadZ object

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] IGamryPstat* Pstat,

);

Parameter

Pstat

Pstat object on which ReadZ will run.

Comments

This method is called to initialize a ReadZ object. ReadZ objects must be

initialized prior to further use.

See Also

Measure

Cook

Page 441: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Cook Method

428

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 I VT_R4

1 V VT_R4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 442: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Measure Method

429

Measure Method

Performs an Impedance measurement at the given Frequency and Amplitude.

Definition

HRESULT

Measure(

[in] float Frequency,

[in] float Amplitude,

);

Parameter

Frequency

Test Frequency in Hertz. The driver may use a frequency slightly different

from the requested frequency due to rounding errors or in order to minimize

noise.

Amplitude

The RMS signal to be applied in either Volts or Amps

Comments

The Measure method is used to take an impedance measurement. When a

measurement is performed, certain changes to the hardware settings are required.

The GamryReadZ object determines and sets these hardware setting (Gain stages,

Current Range, Filters, Channel Offsets) appropriately. While the measurement is

being performed, the _IGamryReadZEvent, OnDataAvailable, is fired when

Lissajous (I,V) data is available. When the measurement has completed, an

OnDataDone event is fired. This event contains information regarding the status of

the measurement. Based on the return value of this event, Measure may need to be

called again in order to achieve an actual Impedance value.

See Also

Init

Cook

Result

_IGamryReadZEvents::OnDataDone

Page 443: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- SetCycleLim Method

430

SetCycleLim Method

Set the maximum and minimum number of cycles ReadZ can use to make its

measurements

Definition

HRESULT

SetCycleLim(

[in] long Min,

[in] long Max

);

Parameter

Min

Minimum number of cycles to be used in the measurement

Max

Maximum number of cycles to be used in the measurement

Comments

The first cycle which contains a startup transient distortion will not be counted.

This function is available simply to allow setting the minimum and maximum

number of cycles in a single call.

Page 444: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- SetSpeed Method

431

SetSpeed Method

Set the speed

Definition

HRESULT

SetSpeed(

[in] gcREADZSPEED Speed

);

Parameter

Speed

Set the speed:

0 ReadZSpeedFast

1 ReadZSpeedNorm

2 ReadZSpeedLow

See Also

ReadZ Speed Enum

Page 445: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- SetZmod Method

432

SetZmod Method

Set the initial guess of Impedance modulus.

Definition

HRESULT

SetZmod(

[in] float Zmod

);

Parameter

Zmod

Initial Guess

See Also

Zmod

Page 446: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Vreal Method

433

Vreal Method

Returns the real portion of the AC voltage

Definition

HRESULT

Vreal(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

RMS AC Voltage in Volts

See Also

Vimag

Vsig

Vdc

Ireal

Zreal

Page 447: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Vimag Method

434

Vimag Method

Returns the imaginary portion of the AC voltage

Definition

HRESULT

Vimag(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

RMS AC Voltage in Volts

See Also

Vreal

Vsig

Vdc

Iimag

Zimag

Page 448: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Vsig Method

435

Vsig Method

Return the standard deviation of the measured voltage.

Definition

HRESULT

Vsig(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Standard deviation in volts.

See Also

Vreal

Vimag

Vdc

Ireal

Zreal

Page 449: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Vdc Method

436

Vdc Method

Return the measured DC voltage

Definition

HRESULT

Vdc(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

DC Voltage in Volts

See Also

Vreal

Vimag

Vsig

Ireal

Zreal

Page 450: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Ireal Method

437

Ireal Method

Returns the real portion of the AC current

Definition

HRESULT

Ireal(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

RMS AC current in Amps

See Also

Iimag

Isig

Idc

Vreal

Zreal

Page 451: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Iimag Method

438

Iimag Method

Returns the imaginary portion of the AC current

Definition

HRESULT

Iimag(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

RMS AC current in Amps

See Also

Ireal

Isig

Idc

Vimag

Zimag

Page 452: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Isig Method

439

Isig Method

Return the standard deviation in the measured current

Definition

HRESULT

Isig(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Value in amps.

See Also

Ireal

Iimag

Idc

Vreal

Zreal

Page 453: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Idc Method

440

Idc Method

Return the measured DC current

Definition

HRESULT

Idc(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

DC current in Amps

See Also

Ireal

Iimag

Isig

Vreal

Zreal

Page 454: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Zreal Method

441

Zreal Method

Returns the real portion of the AC impedance

Definition

HRESULT

Zreal(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

RMS AC impedance in Ohms

See Also

Zimag

Zsig

Zfreq

Vreal

Ireal

Page 455: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Zimag Method

442

Zimag Method

Returns the imaginary portion of the AC impedance

Definition

HRESULT

Zimag(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

RMS AC impedance in Ohms

See Also

Zreal

Zsig

Zfreq

Vimag

Iimag

Page 456: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Zsig Method

443

Zsig Method

Return the standard deviation of the measured impedance.

Definition

HRESULT

Zsig(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Value in ohms.

Comments

This value is set to 1.0 by default.

See Also

Zreal

Zimag

Zfreq

Vreal

Ireal

Page 457: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Zfreq Method

444

Zfreq Method

Return the measured frequency as measured

Definition

HRESULT

Zfreq(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Frequency in Hertz

See Also

Zreal

Zimag

Zsig

Vreal

Ireal

Page 458: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Imod Method

445

Imod Method

Return the modulus of the AC current

Definition

HRESULT

Imod(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

RMS Magnitude of AC current in Amps

See Also

Vmod

Zmod

Page 459: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Iphz Method

446

Iphz Method

Return the phase of the AC current

Definition

HRESULT

Iphz(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Phase of AC current in Degrees

See Also

Vphz

Zphz

Page 460: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Vmod Method

447

Vmod Method

Return the modulus (magnitude) of the AC voltage

Definition

HRESULT

Vmod(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

RMS Magnitude of AC voltage in Volts

See Also

Imod

Zmod

Page 461: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Vphz Method

448

Vphz Method

Return the phase of the AC voltage

Definition

HRESULT

Vphz(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Phase of AC voltage in Degrees

See Also

Iphz

Zphz

Page 462: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Zmod Method

449

Zmod Method

Return the modulus (magnitude) of the AC impedance

Definition

HRESULT

Zmod(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

RMS Magnitude of AC impedance in Ohms

See Also

Vmod

Imod

Page 463: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Zphz Method

450

Zphz Method

Return the phase of the AC impedance

Definition

HRESULT

Zphz(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Phase of AC impedance in Degrees

See Also

Vphz

Iphz

Page 464: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- Gain Method

451

Gain Method

Return the Gain value.

Definition

HRESULT

Gain(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Currently set Gain value.

See Also

SetGain

Page 465: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- VNoise Method

452

VNoise Method

Return the expected noise for the V channel measurement.

Definition

HRESULT

VNoise(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Currently set VNoise value.

See Also

SetVNoise

Page 466: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- INoise Method

453

INoise Method

Returns the expected noise for the I channel measurement.

Definition

HRESULT

INoise(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Currently set INoise value.

See Also

SetINoise

Page 467: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- IENoise Method

454

IENoise Method

Returns the expected noise for the IE channel measurement.

Definition

HRESULT

IENoise(

[out,retval] float* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Currently set IENoise value.

See Also

SetIENoise

Page 468: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- IERange Method

455

IERange Method

Returns the current IE Range used by ReadZ

Definition

HRESULT

IERange(

[out,retval] long* Value

);

Parameter

Value

Currently set IE Range requested by ReadZ

Comments

This function is basically the same as a call to IGamryPstat::IERange.

See Also

IGamryPstat::IERange

Page 469: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- SetGain Method

456

SetGain Method

Set the requested Gain value.

Definition

HRESULT

SetGain(

[in] float Gain

);

Parameter

Gain

Requested Gain

See Also

Gain

Page 470: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- SetVNoise Method

457

SetVNoise Method

Set the expected noise for the V channel measurement.

Definition

HRESULT

SetVNoise(

[in] float VNoise

);

Parameter

VNoise

Expected VNoise value to set.

See Also

VNoise

Page 471: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- SetINoise Method

458

SetINoise Method

Set the expected noise for the I channel measurement.

Definition

HRESULT

SetINoise(

[in] float INoise

);

Parameter

INoise

Expected INoise value to set.

See Also

INoise

Page 472: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- SetIENoise Method

459

SetIENoise Method

Set the expected noise for the IE channel measurement.

Definition

HRESULT

SetIENoise(

[in] float IENoise

);

Parameter

IENoise

Expected IENoise value to set.

See Also

IENoise

Page 473: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- SetIdc Method

460

SetIdc Method

Set the initial DC component of the measured Current

Definition

HRESULT

SetIdc(

[in] float Idc

);

Parameter

Idc

Initial Idc value

See Also

Idc

Page 474: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryReadZ -- StatusMessage Method

461

StatusMessage Method

This function returns the label, or friendly name, of the Pstat.

Definition

HRESULT

StatusMessage(

[out,retval] BSTR* Message

);

Parameter

Message

A variable that receives the status message.

Comments

The StatusMessage method is used return an explanation of the most recent status

as set by a call to Measure. This message should only be called after receiving an

OnDataDone event, otherwise, the message may be meaningless.

Page 475: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqReadZAe -- Overview

462

IGamryDtaqReadZAe

Overview

The IGamryDtaqReadZAe interface is functionally identical to the IGamryDtaqReadZ

interface. The Cook method returns additional data from the Auxilliary Electrometer, if

available on the Potentiostat.

See IGamryDtaqReadZ and AE Stop Functions for documentation on all other

functionality.

Member Description

Cook Retrieves points from the data acquisition queue

Page 476: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryDtaqReadZAe -- Cook Method

463

Cook Method

Retrieve data points from the data acquisition queue.

Definition

HRESULT

Cook(

[in, out] long* NumPoints,

[out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)* Data

);

Parameter

NumPoints

Number of Points to cook, returned as number of points actually cooked.

Data

SAFEARRAY containing cooked points.

Comments

This method is used by the application to retrieve data points from the data

acquisition queue. This method must be called or data points may be lost. The

acquisition queue is not sized to hold the entire acquisition, rather it is sized to hold

enough points to give the application time to retrieve them.

Element Value Variant Type

0 I VT_R4

1 V VT_R4

2-9 Voltage on AE Channels 1-8 VT_R4

See Also

Run

Stop

Page 477: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

_IGamryReadZEvents -- Overview

464

_IGamryReadZEvents

Overview

The _IGamryReadZEvents interface provides the event call-back functions required to

handle events issued by GamryReadZ objects.

The following table summarizes the members of _IGamryReadZEvents. The methods

are described in detail in this section.

Member Description

OnDataAvailable ReadZ has data available for cooking

OnDataDone ReadZ acquisition has completed

Page 478: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

_IGamryReadZEvents -- OnDataAvailable Event

465

OnDataAvailable Event

This event is fired when ReadZ has data available for cooking.

Definition

void

OnDataAvailable();

Comments

As data is acquired by ReadZ, this event is fired to let the application know data has

been placed in the data acquisition queue. The application should then make a call

to Cook to retrieve this data. There may not be a one-one relationship with this

event and the acquired data points. When data is being acquired quickly, one event

may be fired even though multiple data points have been added to the queue.

Polling for data with the Cook method can be used in lieu of this event should there

be threading issues. Some applications do not allow other events to be processed

when certain user interface events are being generated. In this case, polling will

provide a smoother reception method for the data.

See Also

Cook

OnDataDone

Page 479: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

_IGamryReadZEvents -- OnDataDone Event

466

OnDataDone Event

This event is fired when data acquisition has completed

Definition

void

OnDataDone(

[out] gcREADZSTATUS Status

);

Comments

When a data acquisition cycle has been completed, this event is fired. This event

signals the application that no more data will be placed in the data acquisition

queue. This event does not signify that the queue is empty, however, and a final

call to Cook should be made to process any points still in the queue. This event will

return a status of ReadZStatusRetry if Measure needs to be called again.

ReadZStatusRetry means that the measurement was not yet successful, and

that adjustments to the hardware settings or signal applied need to be made. These

settings will be adjusted in a subsequent call to Measure and need not be adjusted

manually. If ReadZStatusError is returned, a subsequent call to Measure will

most likely continue to fail, and there is a fundamental problem with the

measurement. Call IGamryReadZ::Result for information about the error.

See Also

Cook

OnDataAvailable

Page 480: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryMux -- Overview

467

IGamryMux

Overview

The IGamryMux interface is exported by the GAMRYCOM library. It enables

applications to control a Gamry Electrochemical Multiplexer (ECM8) device which is

connected to the system.

The ECM8 device must be configured in the GAMRY.INI initialization file. Please see

your hardware manual for more information.

Member Description

Init Initializes the Mux object

Open Open the Mux

Close Close the Mux

Version Report the firmware version number

Number Identify the Mux number

Cell Report the active cell

SetCell Set the active cell

Aux Report active Aux A/D Channel

SetAux Set the active Aux A/D Channel

OffMode Report Inactive Cell control mode of a Channel

SetOffMode Set the Inactive Cell control mode for a specific Channel

SetOffModeMask Set the Inactive Cell control mode for multiple Channels

Dac Report the voltage on a specific Channel

SetDac Set the local DAC voltage for a specific Channel

SetDacMask Set the local DAC voltage for multiple Channels

Page 481: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryMux -- Init Method

468

Init Method

This function initializes a GamryMux object and specifies which Multiplexer device to

use.

Definition

HRESULT

Init(

[in] int MuxNumber

);

Parameter

MuxNumber

Indicates which physical ECM8 is associated with the object. Range is 1 to 4.

Comments

The Init method is used to specify the physical ECM8 device associated with the

GamryMux object.

See Also

Open

Close

Number

Page 482: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryMux -- Open Method

469

Open Method

This function opens the Mux.

Definition

HRESULT

Open(

[in] VARIANT_BOOL Reset

);

Parameter

Reset

A Boolean value specifying whether or not to reset the Mux to its default

settings before Opening.

If TRUE, the ECM8 hardware will:

Turn off all channels

Set the OffMode for all channels to Open

Set all DACs to 0.000 volts.

Comments

The Open method is used to take control of the Mux. Any functions that set a Mux

parameter require the Mux to be open. A Mux can only be opened by one

application at a time.

This function may fail for a variety of reasons. These include:

Invalid MuxNumber

ECM8 not configured in GAMRY.INI file

ECM8 not operational (power must be on).

RS232 communications failed (wrong baud rate, no cable, etc.).

See Also

Init

Close

Page 483: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryMux -- Close Method

470

Close Method

This function closes an open Mux.

Definition

HRESULT

Close();

Comments

This method releases communications with the Mux. Closing the Mux frees up the

COM port and its hardware interrupt. A closed Mux object may be reopened by

using the Open method.

This function does not reinitialize the ECM8. All ECM8 settings are left in their

current state. To reinitialize the ECM8, call Close, then reinitialize by passing a

value of TRUE to the Open method.

See Also

Init

Open

Page 484: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryMux -- Version Method

471

Version Method

This function reports the version number of the ECM8 firmware

Definition

HRESULT

Version(

[out,retval] unsigned short* Version

);

Parameter

Version

A variable that receives the firmware version number.

Page 485: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryMux -- Number Method

472

Number Method

This function reports the Mux number.

Definition

HRESULT

Number(

[out,retval] short* Number

);

Parameter

Number

A variable that receives the Mux number.

Comments

This number matches the number passed into the Open method.

See Also

Open

Page 486: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryMux -- Cell Method

473

Cell Method

This function reports the number of the Active Cell, if any.

Definition

HRESULT

Cell(

[out,retval] short* Channel

);

Parameter

Channel

Receives the number of the Active Cell, with a value of 0 - 7, corresponding to

ECM8 Channels 1-8.

A value of -1 indicates that no cells are active.

See Also

SetCell

Aux

SetAux

Page 487: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryMux -- SetCell Method

474

SetCell Method

This function changes the active cell setting.

Definition

HRESULT

SetCell(

[in] short Channel,

[out,retval] short* ChannelSet

);

Parameter

Channel

Value from 0-7. One less than the new Active Cell. For example, a Channel

value of 3 activates ECM8 cell channel 4.

A value of -1 makes all cells inactive.

ChannelSet

Channel number for previous setting, 0-7. A value of -1 indicates that no cell

was previously active.

Comments

This function is usually used to connect one cell to the system Potentiostat so that a

measurement can be made on that cell. This function can also be used to make all

cells inactive.

Any previously actice cell is switched to its inactive cell control mode.

The Aux A/D setting is not changed by this function.

See Also

Cell

Aux

SetAux

Page 488: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryMux -- Aux Method

475

Aux Method

Report active Aux A/D Channel.

Definition

HRESULT

Aux(

[out,retval] short* Channel

);

Parameter

Channel

Receives the Channel number of connected Aux A/D, with a value of 0-7,

corresponding to ECM8 Channels 1-8.

A value of -1 indicates that all Aux A/D channels are off.

See Also

SetAux

Cell

SetCell

Page 489: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryMux -- SetAux Method

476

SetAux Method

This function sets the active Aux A/D Channel.

Definition

HRESULT

SetAux(

[in] short Channel,

[out,retval] short* ChannelSet

);

Parameter

Channel

Value from 0-7. One less than the new Active Aux A/D Channel. For example,

a Channel value of 3 activates ECM8 Aux A/D Channel 4.

A value of -1 makes all Channels inactive.

ChannelSet

Channel number for previous setting, 0-7. A value of -1 indicates that no Aux

A/D Channel was previously active.

Comments

This function is usually used to connect Aux A/D channels to the Potentiostat Aux

A/D input BNC connector so that a measurement can be made on that channel.

This function can also be used to make all Aux A/D channels inactive.

The Active Cell setting is not changed by this function.

See Also

Aux

Cell

SetCell

Page 490: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryMux -- OffMode Method

477

OffMode Method

This function reports the Inactive Cell control mode of a Channel.

Definition

HRESULT

OffMode(

[in] short Channel,

[out, retval] gcMUXCELLSTATE* CellStateOut

);

Parameter

Channel

Requested Channel.

CellStateOut

Receives the Inactive Cell control mode for requested Channel.

Comments

The Inactive Cell control mode is applied to a channel whenever that channel is not

the Active Cell.

See Also

gcMUXCELLSTATE

SetOffMode

SetOffModeMask

Page 491: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryMux -- SetOffMode Method

478

SetOffMode Method

This function sets the Inactive Cell control mode for a specific Channel.

Definition

HRESULT

SetOffMode(

[in] short Channel,

[in] gcMUXCELLSTATE CellState

);

Parameter

Channel

Value from 0-7, corresponding to ECM8 Channels 1-8.

CellState

Inactive Cell control mode to apply.

Comments

The control mode of currently inactive cells changes immediately. If the control

mode is set on the current Active Cell, it does not become effective until the cell

becomes inactive.

See Also

gcMUXCELLSTATE

OffMode

SetOffModeMask

Page 492: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryMux -- SetOffModeMask Method

479

SetOffModeMask Method

Set the Inactive Cell control mode for multiple Channels.

Definition

HRESULT

SetOffModeMask(

[in] unsigned short Mask,

[in] gcMUXCELLSTATE CellState

);

Parameter

Mask

Bitmask where bit N corresponds to Channel N+1.

For example: 0x05 applies CellState to Channels 1 and 3 while leaving all other

channels unchanged.

CellState

Inactive Cell control mode to apply.

Comments

The control mode of currently inactive cells changes immediately. If the control

mode is set on the current Active Cell, it does not become effective until the cell

becomes inactive.

See Also

gcMUXCELLSTATE

OffMode

SetOffMode

Page 493: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryMux -- Dac Method

480

Dac Method

Report the voltage on a specific Channel.

Definition

HRESULT

Dac(

[in] short Channel,

[out, retval] float* Voltage

);

Parameter

Channel

Requested Channel.

Voltage

Receives the Voltage for requested Channel.

See Also

SetDac

SetDacMask

Page 494: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryMux -- SetDac Method

481

SetDac Method

Set the local DAC voltage for a specific Channel.

Definition

HRESULT

SetDac(

[in] short Channel,

[in] float Voltage

);

Parameter

Channel

Value from 0-7, corresponding to ECM8 Channels 1-8.

Voltage

Voltage to apply on the local potentiostat.

Comments

The voltage appears (sign inverted) on the ECM8’s rear panel output BNC(s).

The local potentiostat will only be connected to the cell if the Inactive Cell control

mode has been set to the local potentiostat setting.

This function does not affect the Inactive Cell control setting.

See Also

Dac

SetDacMask

OffMode

SetOffMode

Page 495: Gamry Electrochemistry Toolkit Reference Manual

IGamryMux -- SetDacMask Method

482

SetDacMask Method

Set the local DAC voltage for multiple Channels.

Definition

HRESULT

SetDacMask(

[in] unsigned short Mask,

[in] float Voltage

);

Parameter

Mask

Bitmask where bit N corresponds to Channel N+1.

For example: 0x05 applies CellState to Channels 1 and 3 while leaving all other

channels unchanged.

Voltage

Voltage to apply on the local potentiostat.

Comments

The voltage appears (sign inverted) on the ECM8’s rear panel output BNC(s).

The local potentiostat will only be connected to the cell if the Inactive Cell control

mode has been set to the local potentiostat setting.

This function does not affect the Inactive Cell control setting.

See Also

Dac

SetDac

OffMode

SetOffMode